Merge "Chinese Conversion Table Update 2017-2"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.29.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = [
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * ];
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See https://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
402 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
403 *
404 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
405 * completeness.
406 */
407 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
408
409 /**
410 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
411 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
412 */
413 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
414
415 /**
416 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
417 */
418 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
419
420 /**
421 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
422 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
423 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
424 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
425 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
426 *
427 * Example:
428 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
429 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
430 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
431 *
432 * @see $wgFileBackends
433 */
434 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
435
436 /**
437 * File repository structures
438 *
439 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
440 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
441 * array of properties configuring the repository.
442 *
443 * Properties required for all repos:
444 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
445 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
446 *
447 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
448 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
449 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
450 *
451 * For most core repos:
452 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
453 * container : backend container name the zone is in
454 * directory : root path within container for the zone
455 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
456 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
457 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
458 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
459 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
460 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
461 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
462 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
463 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
464 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
465 * handler instead.
466 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
467 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
468 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
469 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
470 * - pathDisclosureProtection
471 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
472 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
473 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
474 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
475 * is 0644.
476 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
477 * some remote repos.
478 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
479 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
480 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
481 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
482 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
483 *
484 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
485 * for local repositories:
486 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
487 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
488 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
489 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
490 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
491 *
492 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
493 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
494 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
495 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
496 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
497 *
498 * ForeignDBRepo:
499 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
500 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
501 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
502 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
503 *
504 * ForeignAPIRepo:
505 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
506 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
507 *
508 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
509 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
510 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
511 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
512 * be searched after the local file repo.
513 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
514 *
515 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
516 */
517 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
518
519 /**
520 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
521 */
522 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
523
524 /**
525 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
526 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
527 * settings
528 */
529 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
530
531 /**
532 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
533 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
534 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
535 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
536 *
537 * Example:
538 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
539 */
540 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
541
542 /**
543 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
544 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
545 *
546 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
547 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
548 *
549 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
550 */
551 $wgUploadDialog = [
552 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
553 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
554 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
555 'fields' => [
556 'description' => true,
557 'date' => false,
558 'categories' => false,
559 ],
560 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
561 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
562 'licensemessages' => [
563 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
564 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
565 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
567 'local' => 'generic-local',
568 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
569 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
570 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
572 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
573 ],
574 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
575 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
576 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
577 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
578 'comment' => [
579 'local' => '',
580 'foreign' => '',
581 ],
582 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
583 'format' => [
584 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
585 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
586 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
587 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
588 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
589 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
590 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
591 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
592 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
593 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
594 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
595 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
596 // * $TEXT - input by the user
597 'description' => '$TEXT',
598 'ownwork' => '',
599 'license' => '',
600 'uncategorized' => '',
601 ],
602 ];
603
604 /**
605 * File backend structure configuration.
606 *
607 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
608 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
609 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
610 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
611 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
612 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
613 *
614 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
615 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
616 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
617 *
618 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
619 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
620 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
621 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
622 *
623 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
624 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
625 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
626 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
627 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
628 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
629 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
630 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
631 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
632 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
633 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
634 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
635 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
636 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
637 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
638 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
639 */
640 $wgFileBackends = [];
641
642 /**
643 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
644 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
645 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
646 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
647 *
648 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
649 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
650 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
651 *
652 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
653 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
654 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
655 */
656 $wgLockManagers = [];
657
658 /**
659 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
660 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
661 *
662 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
663 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
664 * extensions" section of php.ini:
665 * @code{.ini}
666 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
667 * @endcode
668 */
669 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
670
671 /**
672 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
673 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
674 * Defaults to false.
675 */
676 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
677
678 /**
679 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
680 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
681 * $wgUploadDirectory.
682 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
683 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
684 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
685 * directory.
686 *
687 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
688 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
689 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
690 */
691 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
692
693 /**
694 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
695 */
696 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
697
698 /**
699 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
700 */
701 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
702
703 /**
704 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
705 */
706 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
707
708 /**
709 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
710 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
711 */
712 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
713
714 /**
715 * Optional table prefix used in database.
716 */
717 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
718
719 /**
720 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
721 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
722 */
723 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
724
725 /**
726 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
727 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
728 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
729 */
730 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
731
732 /**
733 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
734 *
735 * @since 1.20
736 */
737 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
738
739 /**
740 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
741 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
742 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
743 */
744 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
745
746 /**
747 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
748 * @since 1.20
749 */
750 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
751
752 /**
753 * Different timeout for upload by url
754 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
755 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
756 * to default.
757 *
758 * @since 1.22
759 */
760 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
761
762 /**
763 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
764 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
765 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
766 * for non-specified types.
767 *
768 * @par Example:
769 * @code
770 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
771 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
772 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
773 * ];
774 * @endcode
775 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
776 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
777 */
778 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
779
780 /**
781 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
782 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
783 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
784 * @since 1.26
785 */
786 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
787
788 /**
789 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
790 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
791 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
792 *
793 * @par Example:
794 * @code
795 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
796 * @endcode
797 */
798 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
799
800 /**
801 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
802 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
803 * appended to it as appropriate.
804 */
805 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
806
807 /**
808 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
809 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
810 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
811 * access to the thumbnail path.
812 *
813 * @par Example:
814 * @code
815 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
816 * @endcode
817 */
818 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
819
820 /**
821 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
822 */
823 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
824
825 /**
826 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
827 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
828 *
829 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
830 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
831 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
832 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
833 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
834 *
835 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
836 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
837 */
838 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
839
840 /**
841 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
842 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
843 * directory layout.
844 */
845 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
846
847 /**
848 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
849 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
850 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
851 * image description page on this wiki.
852 *
853 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
854 */
855 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
856
857 /**
858 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
859 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
860 *
861 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
862 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
863 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
864 */
865 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
866
867 /**
868 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
869 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
870 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
871 */
872 $wgFileBlacklist = [
873 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
874 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
875 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
876 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
877 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
878 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
879 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
880 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
881
882 /**
883 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
884 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
885 */
886 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
887 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
888 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
889 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
890 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
891 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
892 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
893 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
894 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
895 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
896 'application/x-msmetafile',
897 ];
898
899 /**
900 * Allow Java archive uploads.
901 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
902 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
903 */
904 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
905
906 /**
907 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
908 *
909 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
910 */
911 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
912
913 /**
914 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
915 * by $wgFileExtensions.
916 *
917 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
918 */
919 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
920
921 /**
922 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
923 *
924 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
925 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
926 */
927 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
928
929 /**
930 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
931 */
932 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
933
934 /**
935 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
936 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
937 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
938 *
939 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
940 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
941 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
942 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
943 */
944 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
945 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
946 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
947 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
948 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
949 "application/pdf", // PDF files
950 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
951 ];
952
953 /**
954 * Plugins for media file type handling.
955 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
956 *
957 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
958 * and extensions should use extension.json.
959 */
960 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
961
962 /**
963 * Plugins for page content model handling.
964 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
965 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
966 *
967 * @since 1.21
968 */
969 $wgContentHandlers = [
970 // the usual case
971 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
972 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
973 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
974 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
975 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
976 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
977 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
978 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
979 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
980 ];
981
982 /**
983 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
984 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
985 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
986 */
987 $wgUseImageResize = true;
988
989 /**
990 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
991 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
992 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
993 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
994 *
995 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
996 */
997 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
998
999 /**
1000 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1001 */
1002 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1003
1004 /**
1005 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1006 * @since 1.27
1007 */
1008 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1009
1010 /**
1011 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1012 */
1013 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1014
1015 /**
1016 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1017 */
1018 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1019
1020 /**
1021 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1022 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1023 */
1024 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1025
1026 /**
1027 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1028 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1029 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1030 *
1031 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1032 * @code
1033 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1034 * @endcode
1035 *
1036 * Leave as false to skip this.
1037 */
1038 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1039
1040 /**
1041 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1042 *
1043 * @since 1.21
1044 */
1045 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1046
1047 /**
1048 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1049 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1050 * at sharp edges.
1051 *
1052 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1053 *
1054 * Supported values:
1055 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1056 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1057 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1058 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1059 *
1060 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1061 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1062 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1063 *
1064 * @since 1.27
1065 */
1066 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1067
1068 /**
1069 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1070 * image formats.
1071 */
1072 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1073
1074 /**
1075 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1076 *
1077 * @since 1.26
1078 */
1079 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1080
1081 /**
1082 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1083 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1084 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1085 *
1086 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1087 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1088 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1089 */
1090 $wgSVGConverters = [
1091 'ImageMagick' =>
1092 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1093 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1094 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1095 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1096 . '$output $input',
1097 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1098 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1099 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1100 ];
1101
1102 /**
1103 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1104 */
1105 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1106
1107 /**
1108 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1109 */
1110 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1111
1112 /**
1113 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1114 */
1115 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1116
1117 /**
1118 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1119 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1120 */
1121 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1122
1123 /**
1124 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1125 *
1126 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1127 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1128 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1129 *
1130 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1131 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1132 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1133 */
1134 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1135
1136 /**
1137 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1138 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1139 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1140 *
1141 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1142 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1143 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1144 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1145 *
1146 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1147 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1148 */
1149 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1150
1151 /**
1152 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1153 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1154 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1155 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1156 */
1157 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1158
1159 /**
1160 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1161 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1162 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1163 *
1164 * @par Example:
1165 * @code
1166 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1167 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1168 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1169 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1170 * @endcode
1171 */
1172 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1173
1174 /**
1175 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1176 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1177 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1178 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1179 */
1180 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1181
1182 /**
1183 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1184 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1185 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1186 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1187 */
1188 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1189
1190 /**
1191 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1192 * output instead of showing an error message.
1193 *
1194 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1195 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1196 *
1197 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1198 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1199 * are logged to a file for review.
1200 */
1201 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1202
1203 /**
1204 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1205 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1206 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1207 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1208 * webserver(s).
1209 */
1210 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1211
1212 /**
1213 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1214 */
1215 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1216
1217 /**
1218 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1219 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1220 * is available that can rotate.
1221 */
1222 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1223
1224 /**
1225 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1226 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1227 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1228 */
1229 $wgAntivirus = null;
1230
1231 /**
1232 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1233 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1234 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1235 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1236 *
1237 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1238 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1239 *
1240 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1241 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1242 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1243 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1244 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1245 * path.
1246 *
1247 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1248 * function in SpecialUpload.
1249 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1250 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1251 * is not set.
1252 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1253 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1254 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1255 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1256 * no virus was found.
1257 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1258 * a virus.
1259 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1260 *
1261 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1262 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1263 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1264 */
1265 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1266
1267 # setup for clamav
1268 'clamav' => [
1269 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1270 'codemap' => [
1271 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1272 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1273 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1274 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1275 ],
1276 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1277 ],
1278 ];
1279
1280 /**
1281 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1282 */
1283 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1284
1285 /**
1286 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1287 */
1288 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1289
1290 /**
1291 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1292 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1293 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1294 */
1295 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1296
1297 /**
1298 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1299 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1300 */
1301 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1302
1303 /**
1304 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1305 * the MIME type to standard output.
1306 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1307 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1308 *
1309 * @par Example:
1310 * @code
1311 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1312 * @endcode
1313 */
1314 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1315
1316 /**
1317 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1318 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1319 * can be trusted.
1320 */
1321 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1322
1323 /**
1324 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1325 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1326 */
1327 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1328 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1329 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1330 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1331 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1332 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1333 ];
1334
1335 /**
1336 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1337 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1338 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1339 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1340 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1341 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1342 */
1343 $wgImageLimits = [
1344 [ 320, 240 ],
1345 [ 640, 480 ],
1346 [ 800, 600 ],
1347 [ 1024, 768 ],
1348 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1349 ];
1350
1351 /**
1352 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1353 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1354 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1355 */
1356 $wgThumbLimits = [
1357 120,
1358 150,
1359 180,
1360 200,
1361 250,
1362 300
1363 ];
1364
1365 /**
1366 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1367 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1368 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1369 *
1370 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1371 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1372 * supports it.
1373 */
1374 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1375
1376 /**
1377 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1378 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1379 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1380 * following buckets:
1381 *
1382 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1383 *
1384 * and a distance of 50:
1385 *
1386 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1387 *
1388 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1389 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1390 */
1391 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1392
1393 /**
1394 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1395 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1396 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1397 *
1398 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1399 *
1400 * @since 1.25
1401 */
1402
1403 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1404
1405 /**
1406 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1407 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1408 *
1409 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1410 * thumbnail's URL.
1411 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1412 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1413 *
1414 * @since 1.25
1415 */
1416 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1417
1418 /**
1419 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1420 *
1421 * @since 1.25
1422 */
1423 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1424
1425 /**
1426 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1427 * HTTP request to.
1428 *
1429 * @since 1.25
1430 */
1431 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1432
1433 /**
1434 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1435 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1436 *
1437 * @since 1.26
1438 */
1439 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1440
1441 /**
1442 * Default parameters for the "<gallery>" tag
1443 */
1444 $wgGalleryOptions = [
1445 // Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1446 'imagesPerRow' => 0,
1447 // Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1448 'imageWidth' => 120,
1449 // Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1450 'imageHeight' => 120,
1451 // Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1452 // A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1453 // and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1454 // @deprecated since 1.28
1455 'captionLength' => true,
1456 // Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1457 'showBytes' => true,
1458 'mode' => 'traditional',
1459 ];
1460
1461 /**
1462 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1463 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1464 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1465 */
1466 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1467
1468 /**
1469 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1470 */
1471 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1472
1473 /**
1474 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1475 *
1476 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1477 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1478 *
1479 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1480 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1481 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1482 */
1483 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1484
1485 /**
1486 * @name DJVU settings
1487 * @{
1488 */
1489
1490 /**
1491 * Path of the djvudump executable
1492 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1493 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1494 */
1495 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1496
1497 /**
1498 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1499 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1500 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1501 */
1502 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1503
1504 /**
1505 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1506 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1507 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1508 */
1509 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1510
1511 /**
1512 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1513 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1514 *
1515 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1516 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1517 * the efficiency problem.
1518 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1519 *
1520 * @par Example:
1521 * @code
1522 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1523 * @endcode
1524 */
1525 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1526
1527 /**
1528 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1529 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1530 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1531 */
1532 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1533
1534 /**
1535 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1536 */
1537 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1538
1539 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1540
1541 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1542
1543 /************************************************************************//**
1544 * @name Email settings
1545 * @{
1546 */
1547
1548 /**
1549 * Site admin email address.
1550 *
1551 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1552 */
1553 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1554
1555 /**
1556 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1557 *
1558 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1559 *
1560 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1561 */
1562 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1563
1564 /**
1565 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1566 *
1567 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1568 */
1569 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1570
1571 /**
1572 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1573 *
1574 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1575 */
1576 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1577
1578 /**
1579 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1580 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1581 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1582 */
1583 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1584
1585 /**
1586 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1587 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1588 */
1589 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1590
1591 /**
1592 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1593 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1594 *
1595 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1596 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1597 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1598 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1599 */
1600 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1601
1602 /**
1603 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1604 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1605 */
1606 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1607
1608 /**
1609 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1610 */
1611 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1612
1613 /**
1614 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1615 */
1616 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1617
1618 /**
1619 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1620 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1621 */
1622 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1623
1624 /**
1625 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1626 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1627 */
1628 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1629
1630 /**
1631 * SMTP Mode.
1632 *
1633 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1634 * Default to false or fill an array :
1635 *
1636 * @code
1637 * $wgSMTP = [
1638 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1639 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1640 * 'port' => '25',
1641 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1642 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1643 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1644 * ];
1645 * @endcode
1646 */
1647 $wgSMTP = false;
1648
1649 /**
1650 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1651 */
1652 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1653
1654 /**
1655 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1656 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1657 */
1658 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1659
1660 /**
1661 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1662 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1663 */
1664 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1665
1666 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1667 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1668 # enable or disable at their discretion
1669 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1670 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1671
1672 /**
1673 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1674 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1675 * spam relay.
1676 */
1677 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1678
1679 /**
1680 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1681 */
1682 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1683
1684 /**
1685 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1686 * user talk page.
1687 *
1688 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1689 * preference set to true.
1690 */
1691 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1692
1693 /**
1694 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1695 * allowed this in the preferences.
1696 */
1697 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1698
1699 /**
1700 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1701 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1702 *
1703 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1704 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1705 *
1706 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1707 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1708 *
1709 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1710 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1711 */
1712 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1713
1714 /**
1715 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1716 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1717 *
1718 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1719 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1720 */
1721 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1722
1723 /**
1724 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1725 * match the limit on your mail server.
1726 */
1727 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1728
1729 /**
1730 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1731 */
1732 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1733
1734 /**
1735 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1736 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1737 */
1738 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1739
1740 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1741
1742 /************************************************************************//**
1743 * @name Database settings
1744 * @{
1745 */
1746
1747 /**
1748 * Database host name or IP address
1749 */
1750 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1751
1752 /**
1753 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1754 */
1755 $wgDBport = 5432;
1756
1757 /**
1758 * Name of the database
1759 */
1760 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1761
1762 /**
1763 * Database username
1764 */
1765 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1766
1767 /**
1768 * Database user's password
1769 */
1770 $wgDBpassword = '';
1771
1772 /**
1773 * Database type
1774 */
1775 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1776
1777 /**
1778 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1779 *
1780 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1781 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1782 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1783 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1784 */
1785 $wgDBssl = false;
1786
1787 /**
1788 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1789 *
1790 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1791 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1792 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1793 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1794 */
1795 $wgDBcompress = false;
1796
1797 /**
1798 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1799 */
1800 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1801
1802 /**
1803 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1804 */
1805 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1806
1807 /**
1808 * Search type.
1809 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1810 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1811 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1812 */
1813 $wgSearchType = null;
1814
1815 /**
1816 * Alternative search types
1817 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1818 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1819 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1820 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1821 */
1822 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1823
1824 /**
1825 * Table name prefix
1826 */
1827 $wgDBprefix = '';
1828
1829 /**
1830 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1831 */
1832 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1833
1834 /**
1835 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1836 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1837 * DBA has done his best job.
1838 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1839 */
1840 $wgSQLMode = '';
1841
1842 /**
1843 * Mediawiki schema
1844 */
1845 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1846
1847 /**
1848 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1849 */
1850 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1851
1852 /**
1853 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1854 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1855 * main database.
1856 *
1857 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1858 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1859 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1860 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1861 *
1862 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1863 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1864 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1865 *
1866 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1867 * $wgDBprefix.
1868 *
1869 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1870 * $wgDBmwschema.
1871 *
1872 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1873 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1874 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1875 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1876 */
1877 $wgSharedDB = null;
1878
1879 /**
1880 * @see $wgSharedDB
1881 */
1882 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1883
1884 /**
1885 * @see $wgSharedDB
1886 */
1887 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1888
1889 /**
1890 * @see $wgSharedDB
1891 * @since 1.23
1892 */
1893 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1894
1895 /**
1896 * Database load balancer
1897 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1898 * Fields are:
1899 * - host: Host name
1900 * - dbname: Default database name
1901 * - user: DB user
1902 * - password: DB password
1903 * - type: DB type
1904 *
1905 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1906 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1907 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1908 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1909 *
1910 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1911 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1912 *
1913 * - flags: bit field
1914 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1915 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1916 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1917 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1918 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1919 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1920 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1921 * if available
1922 *
1923 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1924 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1925 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1926 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1927 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1928 *
1929 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1930 * variable of the Database object.
1931 *
1932 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1933 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1934 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1935 *
1936 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1937 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1938 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1939 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1940 *
1941 * @code
1942 * SET @@read_only=1;
1943 * @endcode
1944 *
1945 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1946 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1947 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1948 */
1949 $wgDBservers = false;
1950
1951 /**
1952 * Load balancer factory configuration
1953 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1954 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1955 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1956 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1957 *
1958 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1959 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1960 */
1961 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1962
1963 /**
1964 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1965 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1966 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1967 * @since 1.27
1968 */
1969 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1970
1971 /**
1972 * File to log database errors to
1973 */
1974 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1975
1976 /**
1977 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1978 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1979 *
1980 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1981 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1982 *
1983 * @par Examples:
1984 * @code
1985 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1986 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1987 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1988 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1989 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1990 * @endcode
1991 *
1992 * @since 1.20
1993 */
1994 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1995
1996 /**
1997 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1998 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1999 *
2000 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2001 *
2002 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2003 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2004 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2005 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2006 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2007 *
2008 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2009 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2010 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2011 */
2012 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2013
2014 /**
2015 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2016 *
2017 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2018 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2019 * block).
2020 *
2021 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2022 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2023 * connections.
2024 *
2025 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2026 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2027 * pooled.
2028 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2029 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2030 *
2031 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2032 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2033 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2034 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2035 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2036 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2037 *
2038 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2039 */
2040 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2041
2042 /**
2043 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2044 * account.
2045 * Array numeric key => database name
2046 */
2047 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2048
2049 /**
2050 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2051 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2052 * show a more obvious warning.
2053 */
2054 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2055
2056 /**
2057 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2058 */
2059 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2060
2061 /**
2062 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2063 */
2064 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2065
2066 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2067
2068 /************************************************************************//**
2069 * @name Text storage
2070 * @{
2071 */
2072
2073 /**
2074 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2075 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2076 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2077 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2078 */
2079 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2080
2081 /**
2082 * External stores allow including content
2083 * from non database sources following URL links.
2084 *
2085 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2086 * @code
2087 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2088 * @endcode
2089 *
2090 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2091 */
2092 $wgExternalStores = [];
2093
2094 /**
2095 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2096 *
2097 * @par Example:
2098 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2099 * @code
2100 * $wgExternalServers = [
2101 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2102 * ];
2103 * @endcode
2104 *
2105 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2106 * another class.
2107 */
2108 $wgExternalServers = [];
2109
2110 /**
2111 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2112 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2113 *
2114 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2115 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2116 *
2117 * @par Example:
2118 * @code
2119 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2120 * @endcode
2121 *
2122 * @var array
2123 */
2124 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2125
2126 /**
2127 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2128 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2129 *
2130 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2131 */
2132 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2133
2134 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2135
2136 /************************************************************************//**
2137 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2138 * @{
2139 */
2140
2141 /**
2142 * Disable database-intensive features
2143 */
2144 $wgMiserMode = false;
2145
2146 /**
2147 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2148 */
2149 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2150
2151 /**
2152 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2153 */
2154 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2155
2156 /**
2157 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2158 */
2159 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2160
2161 /**
2162 * Enable slow parser functions
2163 */
2164 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2165
2166 /**
2167 * Allow schema updates
2168 */
2169 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2170
2171 /**
2172 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2173 */
2174 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2175
2176 /**
2177 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2178 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2179 */
2180 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2181
2182 /**
2183 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2184 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2185 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2186 * @since 1.26
2187 */
2188 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2189
2190 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2191
2192 /************************************************************************//**
2193 * @name Cache settings
2194 * @{
2195 */
2196
2197 /**
2198 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2199 * from the web.
2200 *
2201 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2202 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2203 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2204 */
2205 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2206
2207 /**
2208 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2209 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2210 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2211 *
2212 * The options are:
2213 *
2214 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2215 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2216 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2217 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2218 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU, XCache or WinCache
2219 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2220 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2221 *
2222 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2223 */
2224 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2225
2226 /**
2227 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2228 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2229 *
2230 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2231 */
2232 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2233
2234 /**
2235 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2236 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2237 *
2238 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2239 */
2240 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2241
2242 /**
2243 * The cache type for storing session data.
2244 *
2245 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2246 */
2247 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2248
2249 /**
2250 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2251 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2252 *
2253 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2254 *
2255 * @since 1.20
2256 */
2257 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2258
2259 /**
2260 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2261 *
2262 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2263 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2264 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2265 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2266 *
2267 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2268 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2269 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2270 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2271 */
2272 $wgObjectCaches = [
2273 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2274 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2275
2276 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2277 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2278 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2279
2280 'db-replicated' => [
2281 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2282 'readFactory' => [
2283 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2284 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2285 ],
2286 'writeFactory' => [
2287 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2288 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2289 ],
2290 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2291 'reportDupes' => false
2292 ],
2293
2294 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2295 'apcu' => [ 'class' => 'APCUBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2296 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2297 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2298 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2299 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2300 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2301 ];
2302
2303 /**
2304 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2305 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2306 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2307 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2308 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2309 *
2310 * The options are:
2311 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2312 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2313 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2314 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2315 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2316 * @since 1.26
2317 */
2318 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2319
2320 /**
2321 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2322 *
2323 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2324 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2325 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2326 *
2327 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2328 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2329 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2330 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2331 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2332 *
2333 * @since 1.26
2334 */
2335 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2336 CACHE_NONE => [
2337 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2338 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2339 'channels' => []
2340 ]
2341 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2342 'memcached-php' => [
2343 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2344 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2345 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2346 ]
2347 */
2348 ];
2349
2350 /**
2351 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2352 *
2353 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2354 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2355 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2356 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2357 *
2358 * @var bool
2359 * @since 1.29
2360 */
2361 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2362
2363 /**
2364 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2365 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2366 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2367 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2368 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2369 *
2370 * The options are:
2371 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2372 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2373 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2374 *
2375 * @since 1.26
2376 */
2377 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2378
2379 /**
2380 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2381 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2382 */
2383 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2384
2385 /**
2386 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2387 */
2388 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2389
2390 /**
2391 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2392 */
2393 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2394
2395 /**
2396 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2397 */
2398 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2399
2400 /**
2401 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2402 *
2403 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2404 *
2405 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2406 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2407 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2408 * others' cookies.
2409 *
2410 * @since 1.27
2411 * @var string
2412 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2413 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2414 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2415 */
2416 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2417
2418 /**
2419 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2420 *
2421 * @since 1.28
2422 */
2423 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2424
2425 /**
2426 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2427 */
2428 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2429
2430 /**
2431 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2432 */
2433 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2434
2435 /**
2436 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2437 * requests.
2438 */
2439 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2440
2441 /**
2442 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2443 */
2444 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2445
2446 /**
2447 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2448 *
2449 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2450 *
2451 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2452 *
2453 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2454 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2455 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2456 */
2457 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2458
2459 /**
2460 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2461 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2462 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2463 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2464 */
2465 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2466
2467 /**
2468 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2469 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2470 *
2471 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2472 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2473 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2474 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2475 * otherwise the database will be used.
2476 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2477 * store static arrays.
2478 *
2479 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2480 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2481 *
2482 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2483 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2484 * will be used.
2485 *
2486 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2487 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2488 */
2489 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2490 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2491 'store' => 'detect',
2492 'storeClass' => false,
2493 'storeDirectory' => false,
2494 'manualRecache' => false,
2495 ];
2496
2497 /**
2498 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2499 */
2500 $wgCachePages = true;
2501
2502 /**
2503 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2504 * client-side and server-side caching.
2505 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2506 * @verbatim
2507 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2508 * @endverbatim
2509 */
2510 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2511
2512 /**
2513 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2514 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2515 */
2516 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2517
2518 /**
2519 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2520 *
2521 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2522 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2523 * styles.
2524 */
2525 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2526
2527 /**
2528 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2529 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2530 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2531 */
2532 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2533
2534 /**
2535 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2536 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2537 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2538 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2539 */
2540 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2541
2542 /**
2543 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2544 * @deprecated since 1.26
2545 */
2546 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2547
2548 /**
2549 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2550 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2551 */
2552 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2553
2554 /**
2555 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2556 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2557 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2558 *
2559 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2560 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2561 * don't update as expected.
2562 */
2563 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2564
2565 /**
2566 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2567 */
2568 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2569
2570 /**
2571 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2572 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2573 *
2574 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2575 */
2576 $wgUseGzip = false;
2577
2578 /**
2579 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2580 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2581 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2582 * a grace period.
2583 */
2584 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2585
2586 /**
2587 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2588 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2589 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2590 *
2591 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2592 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2593 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2594 */
2595 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2596
2597 /**
2598 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2599 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2600 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2601 *
2602 * @par Example:
2603 * @code
2604 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2605 * @endcode
2606 *
2607 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2608 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2609 *
2610 * @var int|bool
2611 */
2612 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2613
2614 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2615
2616 /************************************************************************//**
2617 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2618 *
2619 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2620 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2621 *
2622 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2623 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2624 * more details.
2625 *
2626 * @{
2627 */
2628
2629 /**
2630 * Enable/disable CDN.
2631 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2632 */
2633 $wgUseSquid = false;
2634
2635 /**
2636 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2637 */
2638 $wgUseESI = false;
2639
2640 /**
2641 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2642 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2643 * @since 1.27
2644 */
2645 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2646
2647 /**
2648 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2649 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2650 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2651 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2652 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2653 * HTTP redirects.
2654 */
2655 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2656
2657 /**
2658 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2659 *
2660 * @par Example:
2661 * @code
2662 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2663 * @endcode
2664 */
2665 $wgInternalServer = false;
2666
2667 /**
2668 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2669 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2670 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2671 *
2672 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2673 */
2674 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2675
2676 /**
2677 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2678 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2679 * @since 1.27
2680 */
2681 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2682
2683 /**
2684 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2685 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2686 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2687 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2688 *
2689 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2690 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2691 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2692 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2693 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2694 *
2695 * @since 1.27
2696 */
2697 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2698
2699 /**
2700 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2701 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2702 * @since 1.27
2703 */
2704 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2705
2706 /**
2707 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2708 *
2709 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2710 */
2711 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2712
2713 /**
2714 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2715 *
2716 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2717 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2718 *
2719 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2720 */
2721 $wgSquidServers = [];
2722
2723 /**
2724 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2725 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2726 * CIDR blocks.
2727 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2728 */
2729 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2730
2731 /**
2732 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2733 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2734 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2735 *
2736 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2737 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2738 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2739 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2740 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2741 *
2742 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2743 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2744 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2745 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2746 * reverse).
2747 *
2748 * @since 1.21
2749 */
2750 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2751
2752 /**
2753 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2754 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2755 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2756 *
2757 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2758 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2759 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2760 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2761 *
2762 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2763 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2764 * @code
2765 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2766 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2767 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2768 * 'port' => 4827,
2769 * ],
2770 * '' => [
2771 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2772 * 'port' => 4827,
2773 * ],
2774 * ];
2775 * @endcode
2776 *
2777 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2778 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2779 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2780 *
2781 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2782 * @code
2783 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2784 * '' => [
2785 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2786 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2787 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2788 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2789 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2790 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2791 * ],
2792 * ];
2793 * @endcode
2794 *
2795 * @since 1.22
2796 *
2797 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2798 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2799 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2800 *
2801 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2802 */
2803 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2804
2805 /**
2806 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2807 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2808 */
2809 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2810
2811 /**
2812 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2813 */
2814 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2815
2816 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2817
2818 /************************************************************************//**
2819 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2820 * @{
2821 */
2822
2823 /**
2824 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2825 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2826 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2827 *
2828 * Warning: Don't use language codes listed in $wgDummyLanguageCodes like "no"
2829 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead), or things will break unexpectedly.
2830 *
2831 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2832 * change it in their preferences.
2833 *
2834 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2835 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2836 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2837 */
2838 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2839
2840 /**
2841 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2842 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2843 */
2844 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2845
2846 /**
2847 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2848 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2849 *
2850 * @par Example:
2851 * @code
2852 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2853 * @endcode
2854 */
2855 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2856
2857 /**
2858 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2859 */
2860 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2861
2862 /**
2863 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2864 */
2865 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2866
2867 /**
2868 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2869 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2870 * Notes:
2871 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2872 * map.
2873 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2874 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2875 * this array.
2876 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2877 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2878 * the prefix in this array.
2879 */
2880 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2881
2882 /**
2883 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2884 */
2885 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2886
2887 /**
2888 * List of language codes that don't correspond to an actual language.
2889 * These codes are mostly left-offs from renames, or other legacy things.
2890 * This array makes them not appear as a selectable language on the installer,
2891 * and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2892 */
2893 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [
2894 'als' => 'gsw',
2895 'bat-smg' => 'sgs',
2896 'be-x-old' => 'be-tarask',
2897 'bh' => 'bho',
2898 'fiu-vro' => 'vro',
2899 'no' => 'nb',
2900 'qqq' => 'qqq', # Used for message documentation.
2901 'qqx' => 'qqx', # Used for viewing message keys.
2902 'roa-rup' => 'rup',
2903 'simple' => 'en',
2904 'zh-classical' => 'lzh',
2905 'zh-min-nan' => 'nan',
2906 'zh-yue' => 'yue',
2907 ];
2908
2909 /**
2910 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2911 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2912 * set to "ar".
2913 *
2914 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2915 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2916 */
2917 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2918
2919 /**
2920 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2921 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2922 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2923 * support these characters.
2924 *
2925 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2926 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2927 */
2928 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2929
2930 /**
2931 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2932 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2933 * impact.
2934 *
2935 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2936 * details.
2937 *
2938 * @since 1.17
2939 */
2940 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2941
2942 /**
2943 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2944 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2945 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2946 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2947 *
2948 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2949 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2950 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2951 */
2952 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2953
2954 /**
2955 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2956 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2957 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2958 */
2959 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2960 /**
2961 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2962 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2963 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2964 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2965 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2966 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2967 *
2968 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2969 */
2970 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2971 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2972 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2973
2974 /**
2975 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2976 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2977 *
2978 * Known useragents:
2979 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2980 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2981 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2982 * - [...]
2983 *
2984 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2985 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2986 */
2987 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2988
2989 /**
2990 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2991 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2992 */
2993 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2994 ];
2995
2996 /**
2997 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2998 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2999 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3000 *
3001 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3002 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3003 * to remain viewable.
3004 *
3005 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3006 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3007 */
3008 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3009
3010 /**
3011 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3012 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3013 */
3014 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3015
3016 /**
3017 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3018 * numerals in interface.
3019 */
3020 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3021
3022 /**
3023 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3024 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3025 */
3026 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3027
3028 /**
3029 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3030 */
3031 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3032
3033 /**
3034 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3035 */
3036 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3037
3038 /**
3039 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3040 */
3041 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3042
3043 /**
3044 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3045 */
3046 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3047
3048 /**
3049 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3050 */
3051 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3052
3053 /**
3054 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3055 *
3056 * @par Example:
3057 * @code
3058 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3059 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3060 * @endcode
3061 */
3062 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3063
3064 /**
3065 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3066 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3067 * language variant.
3068 *
3069 * @par Example:
3070 * @code
3071 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3072 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3073 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3074 * @endcode
3075 *
3076 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3077 *
3078 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3079 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3080 */
3081 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3082
3083 /**
3084 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3085 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3086 * customise these.
3087 */
3088 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3089
3090 /**
3091 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3092 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3093 *
3094 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3095 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3096 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3097 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3098 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3099 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3100 * the default behavior.
3101 *
3102 * @par Example:
3103 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3104 * portal:
3105 * @code
3106 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3107 * @endcode
3108 */
3109 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3110
3111 /**
3112 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3113 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3114 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3115 *
3116 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3117 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3118 *
3119 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3120 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3121 *
3122 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3123 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3124 *
3125 * @par Examples:
3126 * @code
3127 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3128 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3129 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3130 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3131 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3132 * @endcode
3133 */
3134 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3135
3136 /**
3137 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3138 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3139 *
3140 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3141 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3142 *
3143 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3144 */
3145 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3146
3147 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3148
3149 /*************************************************************************//**
3150 * @name Output format and skin settings
3151 * @{
3152 */
3153
3154 /**
3155 * The default Content-Type header.
3156 */
3157 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3158
3159 /**
3160 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3161 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3162 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3163 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3164 * @deprecated since 1.22
3165 */
3166 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3167
3168 /**
3169 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3170 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3171 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3172 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3173 * @deprecated since 1.22
3174 */
3175 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3176
3177 /**
3178 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3179 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3180 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3181 * to true by Setup.php.
3182 * @deprecated since 1.22
3183 */
3184 $wgHtml5 = true;
3185
3186 /**
3187 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3188 *
3189 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3190 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3191 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3192 * @since 1.16
3193 */
3194 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3195
3196 /**
3197 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3198 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3199 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3200 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3201 * @since 1.24
3202 */
3203 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3204
3205 /**
3206 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3207 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3208 * stable and change has been communicated.
3209 * @since 1.24
3210 */
3211 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3212
3213 /**
3214 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3215 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3216 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3217 *
3218 * @since 1.28
3219 */
3220 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3221
3222 /**
3223 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3224 *
3225 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3226 *
3227 * @par Example:
3228 * @code
3229 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3230 * @endcode
3231 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3232 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3233 *
3234 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3235 */
3236 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3237
3238 /**
3239 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3240 *
3241 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3242 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3243 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3244 */
3245 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3246
3247 /**
3248 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3249 */
3250 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3251
3252 /**
3253 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3254 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3255 */
3256 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3257
3258 /**
3259 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3260 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3261 */
3262 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3263
3264 /**
3265 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3266 *
3267 * @since 1.24
3268 */
3269 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3270
3271 /**
3272 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3273 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3274 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3275 */
3276 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3277
3278 /**
3279 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3280 */
3281 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3282
3283 /**
3284 * Allow user Javascript page?
3285 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3286 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3287 */
3288 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3289
3290 /**
3291 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3292 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3293 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3294 */
3295 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3296
3297 /**
3298 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3299 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3300 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3301 */
3302 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3303
3304 /**
3305 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3306 */
3307 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3308
3309 /**
3310 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3311 */
3312 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3313
3314 /**
3315 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3316 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3317 */
3318 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3319
3320 /**
3321 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3322 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3323 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3324 *
3325 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3326 *
3327 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3328 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3329 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3330 *
3331 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3332 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3333 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3334 * recommended.
3335 *
3336 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3337 * not just edit pages.
3338 */
3339 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3340
3341 /**
3342 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3343 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3344 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3345 * Options are:
3346 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3347 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3348 * - false: Allow all framing.
3349 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3350 */
3351 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3352
3353 /**
3354 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3355 */
3356 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3357
3358 /**
3359 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3360 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3361 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3362 *
3363 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3364 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3365 * content (particularly Cite). See T29733, T29694, T29474.
3366 */
3367 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3368
3369 /**
3370 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3371 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3372 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3373 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3374 *
3375 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3376 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3377 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3378 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3379 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3380 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3381 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3382 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3383 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3384 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3385 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3386 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3387 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3388 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3389 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3390 * not be outputted
3391 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3392 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3393 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3394 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3395 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3396 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3397 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3398 */
3399 $wgFooterIcons = [
3400 "copyright" => [
3401 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3402 ],
3403 "poweredby" => [
3404 "mediawiki" => [
3405 // Defaults to point at
3406 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3407 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3408 "src" => null,
3409 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3410 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3411 ]
3412 ],
3413 ];
3414
3415 /**
3416 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3417 * to create an account.
3418 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3419 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3420 */
3421 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3422
3423 /**
3424 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3425 */
3426 $wgEdititis = false;
3427
3428 /**
3429 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3430 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3431 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3432 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3433 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3434 *
3435 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3436 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3437 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3438 */
3439 $wgSend404Code = true;
3440
3441 /**
3442 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3443 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3444 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3445 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3446 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3447 *
3448 * @since 1.20
3449 */
3450 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3451
3452 /**
3453 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3454 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3455 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3456 * unconditionally.
3457 */
3458 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3459
3460 /**
3461 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3462 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3463 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3464 * the domain root.
3465 *
3466 * @since 1.25
3467 */
3468 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3469
3470 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3471
3472 /*************************************************************************//**
3473 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3474 * @{
3475 */
3476
3477 /**
3478 * Client-side resource modules.
3479 *
3480 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3481 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3482 *
3483 * @par Example:
3484 * @code
3485 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3486 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3487 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3488 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3489 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3490 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3491 * ];
3492 * @endcode
3493 */
3494 $wgResourceModules = [];
3495
3496 /**
3497 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3498 *
3499 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3500 * not be modified or disabled.
3501 *
3502 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3503 *
3504 * @par Example:
3505 * @code
3506 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3507 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3508 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3509 * ];
3510 *
3511 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3512 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3513 * ];
3514 * @endcode
3515 *
3516 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3517 *
3518 * @par Equivalent:
3519 * @code
3520 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3521 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3522 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3523 * 'skinStyles' => [
3524 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3525 * ],
3526 * ];
3527 * @endcode
3528 *
3529 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3530 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3531 *
3532 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3533 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3534 *
3535 * @par Example:
3536 * @code
3537 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3538 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3539 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3540 * 'skinStyles' => [
3541 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3542 * ],
3543 * ];
3544 * // Note the '+' character:
3545 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3546 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3547 * ];
3548 * @endcode
3549 *
3550 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3551 *
3552 * @par Equivalent:
3553 * @code
3554 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3555 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3556 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3557 * 'skinStyles' => [
3558 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3559 * 'foo' => [
3560 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3561 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3562 * ],
3563 * ],
3564 * ];
3565 * @endcode
3566 *
3567 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3568 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3569 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3570 *
3571 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3572 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3573 *
3574 * @par Example:
3575 * @code
3576 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3577 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3578 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3579 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3580 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3581 * ];
3582 * @endcode
3583 */
3584 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3585
3586 /**
3587 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3588 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3589 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3590 *
3591 * @par Example:
3592 * @code
3593 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3594 * @endcode
3595 */
3596 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3597
3598 /**
3599 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3600 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3601 */
3602 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3603
3604 /**
3605 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3606 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3607 *
3608 * Following options to distinguish:
3609 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3610 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3611 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3612 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3613 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3614 *
3615 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3616 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3617 * client and MediaWiki.
3618 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3619 */
3620 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3621 'versioned' => [
3622 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3623 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3624 ],
3625 'unversioned' => [
3626 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3627 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3628 ],
3629 ];
3630
3631 /**
3632 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3633 *
3634 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3635 */
3636 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3637
3638 /**
3639 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3640 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3641 *
3642 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3643 */
3644 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3645
3646 /**
3647 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3648 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3649 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3650 *
3651 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3652 */
3653 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3654
3655 /**
3656 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3657 *
3658 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3659 */
3660 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3661
3662 /**
3663 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3664 *
3665 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3666 * work.
3667 *
3668 * @par Example of legacy code:
3669 * @code{,js}
3670 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3671 * @endcode
3672 * or:
3673 * @code{,js}
3674 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3675 * @endcode
3676 *
3677 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3678 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3679 * @code{,js}
3680 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3681 * @endcode
3682 * or:
3683 * @code{,js}
3684 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3685 * @endcode
3686 */
3687 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3688
3689 /**
3690 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3691 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3692 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3693 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3694 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3695 * that you can't increase.
3696 *
3697 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3698 * string length limit.
3699 *
3700 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3701 */
3702 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3703
3704 /**
3705 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3706 * prior to minification to validate it.
3707 *
3708 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3709 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3710 */
3711 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3712
3713 /**
3714 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3715 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3716 *
3717 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3718 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3719 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3720 */
3721 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3722
3723 /**
3724 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3725 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3726 *
3727 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3728 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3729 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3730 *
3731 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3732 *
3733 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3734 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3735 *
3736 * @par Example:
3737 * @code
3738 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3739 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3740 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3741 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3742 * ];
3743 * @endcode
3744 * @since 1.22
3745 */
3746 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3747 /**
3748 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3749 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3750 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3751 * @since 1.27
3752 */
3753 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3754 ];
3755
3756 /**
3757 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3758 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3759 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3760 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3761 *
3762 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3763 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3764 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3765 * files from its own tree.
3766 *
3767 * @since 1.22
3768 */
3769 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3770 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3771 ];
3772
3773 /**
3774 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3775 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3776 */
3777 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3778
3779 /**
3780 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3781 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3782 *
3783 * @since 1.23
3784 */
3785 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3786
3787 /**
3788 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3789 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3790 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3791 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3792 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3793 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3794 * from the rest of the site.
3795 *
3796 * @since 1.25
3797 */
3798 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3799
3800 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3801
3802 /*************************************************************************//**
3803 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3804 * @{
3805 */
3806
3807 /**
3808 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3809 * used instead.
3810 */
3811 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3812
3813 /**
3814 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3815 *
3816 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3817 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3818 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3819 */
3820 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3821
3822 /**
3823 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3824 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3825 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3826 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3827 * hook or extension.json.
3828 *
3829 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3830 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3831 * the new namespace name.
3832 *
3833 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3834 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3835 *
3836 * @par Example:
3837 * @code
3838 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3839 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3840 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3841 * 102 => "Aide",
3842 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3843 * ];
3844 * @endcode
3845 *
3846 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3847 */
3848 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3849
3850 /**
3851 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3852 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3853 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3854 * @since 1.18
3855 */
3856 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3857
3858 /**
3859 * Namespace aliases.
3860 *
3861 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3862 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3863 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3864 * name.
3865 *
3866 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3867 *
3868 * @par Example:
3869 * @code
3870 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3871 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3872 * 'Help' => 100,
3873 * ];
3874 * @endcode
3875 */
3876 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3877
3878 /**
3879 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3880 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3881 *
3882 * Problematic punctuation:
3883 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3884 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3885 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3886 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3887 * corrupted by apache
3888 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3889 *
3890 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3891 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3892 *
3893 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3894 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3895 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3896 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3897 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3898 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3899 *
3900 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3901 *
3902 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3903 * this breaks interlanguage links
3904 */
3905 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3906
3907 /**
3908 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3909 *
3910 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3911 */
3912 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3913
3914 /**
3915 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3916 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3917 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3918 *
3919 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3920 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3921 */
3922 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3923
3924 /**
3925 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3926 */
3927 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3928
3929 /**
3930 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3931 * @{
3932 */
3933
3934 /**
3935 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3936 * database (.cdb) file.
3937 *
3938 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3939 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3940 * formats such as the following:
3941 *
3942 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3943 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3944 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3945 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3946 *
3947 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3948 * data layout.
3949 *
3950 * @var bool|array|string
3951 */
3952 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3953
3954 /**
3955 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3956 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3957 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3958 * - 3: site levels
3959 */
3960 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3961
3962 /**
3963 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3964 */
3965 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3966
3967 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3968
3969 /**
3970 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3971 * @{
3972 */
3973
3974 /**
3975 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3976 */
3977 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3978
3979 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3980
3981 /**
3982 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3983 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3984 * as 'redirected from' links.
3985 *
3986 * @par Example:
3987 * It might look something like this:
3988 * @code
3989 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3990 * @endcode
3991 *
3992 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3993 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3994 * the URL.
3995 */
3996 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3997
3998 /**
3999 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4000 *
4001 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4002 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4003 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4004 */
4005 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4006
4007 /**
4008 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4009 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4010 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4011 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4012 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4013 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4014 * NS_FILE.
4015 *
4016 * @par Example:
4017 * @code
4018 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4019 * @endcode
4020 */
4021 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4022
4023 /**
4024 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4025 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4026 */
4027 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4028 NS_TALK => true,
4029 NS_USER => true,
4030 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4031 NS_PROJECT => true,
4032 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4033 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4034 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4035 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4036 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4037 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4038 NS_HELP => true,
4039 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4040 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4041 ];
4042
4043 /**
4044 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4045 *
4046 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4047 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4048 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4049 *
4050 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4051 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4052 *
4053 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4054 * the new extension registration system.
4055 *
4056 * @since 1.23
4057 */
4058 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4059
4060 /**
4061 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4062 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4063 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4064 * number of articles in the wiki.
4065 */
4066 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4067
4068 /**
4069 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4070 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4071 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4072 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4073 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4074 */
4075 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4076
4077 /**
4078 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4079 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4080 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4081 */
4082 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4083
4084 /**
4085 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4086 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4087 * will make the redirect fail.
4088 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4089 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4090 *
4091 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4092 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4093 */
4094 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4095
4096 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4097
4098 /************************************************************************//**
4099 * @name Parser settings
4100 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4101 * @{
4102 */
4103
4104 /**
4105 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4106 *
4107 * class The class name
4108 *
4109 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4110 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4111 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4112 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4113 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4114 *
4115 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4116 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4117 *
4118 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4119 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4120 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4121 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4122 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4123 * an extension setup function.
4124 */
4125 $wgParserConf = [
4126 'class' => 'Parser',
4127 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4128 ];
4129
4130 /**
4131 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4132 */
4133 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4134
4135 /**
4136 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4137 * by PPFrame::expand()
4138 */
4139 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4140
4141 /**
4142 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4143 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4144 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4145 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4146 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4147 *
4148 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4149 */
4150 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4151
4152 /**
4153 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4154 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4155 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4156 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4157 */
4158 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4159
4160 /**
4161 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4162 */
4163 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4164
4165 /**
4166 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4167 *
4168 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4169 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4170 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See bug #44011 for
4171 * more information.
4172 *
4173 * @see wfParseUrl
4174 */
4175 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4176 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4177 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4178 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4179 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4180 ];
4181
4182 /**
4183 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4184 */
4185 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4186
4187 /**
4188 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4189 */
4190 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4191
4192 /**
4193 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4194 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4195 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4196 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4197 *
4198 * @par Examples:
4199 * @code
4200 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4201 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4202 * @endcode
4203 */
4204 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4205
4206 /**
4207 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4208 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4209 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4210 * The image will be displayed.
4211 *
4212 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4213 * Or false to disable it
4214 */
4215 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4216
4217 /**
4218 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4219 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4220 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4221 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4222 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4223 * sites they control.
4224 */
4225 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4226
4227 /**
4228 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4229 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4230 * used. See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4231 *
4232 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4233 * parameters will be used instead.
4234 *
4235 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4236 *
4237 * Keys are:
4238 * - driver: May be:
4239 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4240 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4241 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4242 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4243 * - Html5Internal: Use the built-in HTML5 balancer
4244 *
4245 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4246 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4247 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4248 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4249 */
4250 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4251
4252 /**
4253 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4254 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4255 */
4256 $wgUseTidy = false;
4257
4258 /**
4259 * The path to the tidy binary.
4260 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4261 */
4262 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4263
4264 /**
4265 * The path to the tidy config file
4266 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4267 */
4268 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4269
4270 /**
4271 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4272 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4273 */
4274 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4275
4276 /**
4277 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4278 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4279 */
4280 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4281
4282 /**
4283 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4284 * Only works for internal tidy.
4285 */
4286 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4287
4288 /**
4289 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4290 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4291 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4292 */
4293 $wgRawHtml = false;
4294
4295 /**
4296 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4297 *
4298 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4299 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4300 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4301 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4302 * to some of your users.
4303 */
4304 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4305
4306 /**
4307 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4308 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4309 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4310 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4311 */
4312 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4313
4314 /**
4315 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4316 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4317 */
4318 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4319
4320 /**
4321 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4322 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4323 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4324 *
4325 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4326 *
4327 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4328 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4329 * etc.
4330 *
4331 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4332 */
4333 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4334
4335 /**
4336 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4337 */
4338 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4339
4340 /**
4341 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4342 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4343 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4344 */
4345 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4346
4347 /**
4348 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4349 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4350 */
4351 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4352
4353 /**
4354 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4355 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4356 */
4357 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4358
4359 /**
4360 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4361 */
4362 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4363
4364 /**
4365 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4366 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4367 */
4368 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4369
4370 /**
4371 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4372 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4373 *
4374 * @since 1.28
4375 */
4376 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4377 'ISBN' => false,
4378 'PMID' => false,
4379 'RFC' => false
4380 ];
4381
4382 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4383
4384 /************************************************************************//**
4385 * @name Statistics
4386 * @{
4387 */
4388
4389 /**
4390 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4391 * as a valid article.
4392 *
4393 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4394 *
4395 * This variable can have the following values:
4396 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4397 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4398 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4399 *
4400 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4401 *
4402 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4403 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4404 * script.
4405 */
4406 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4407
4408 /**
4409 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4410 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4411 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4412 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4413 * numbers between different wikis.
4414 */
4415 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4416
4417 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4418
4419 /************************************************************************//**
4420 * @name User accounts, authentication
4421 * @{
4422 */
4423
4424 /**
4425 * Central ID lookup providers
4426 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4427 * @since 1.27
4428 */
4429 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4430 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4431 ];
4432
4433 /**
4434 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4435 * @var string
4436 */
4437 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4438
4439 /**
4440 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4441 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4442 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4443 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4444 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4445 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4446 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4447 * Statements:
4448 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4449 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4450 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4451 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4452 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4453 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4454 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4455 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4456 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4457 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4458 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4459 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4460 * @since 1.26
4461 */
4462 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4463 'policies' => [
4464 'bureaucrat' => [
4465 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4466 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4467 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4468 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4469 ],
4470 'sysop' => [
4471 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4472 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4473 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4474 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4475 ],
4476 'bot' => [
4477 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4478 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4479 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4480 ],
4481 'default' => [
4482 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4483 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4484 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4485 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4486 ],
4487 ],
4488 'checks' => [
4489 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4490 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4491 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4492 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4493 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4494 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4495 ],
4496 ];
4497
4498 /**
4499 * Configure AuthManager
4500 *
4501 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4502 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4503 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4504 * (default is 0).
4505 *
4506 * Elements are:
4507 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4508 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4509 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4510 *
4511 * @since 1.27
4512 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4513 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4514 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4515 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4516 */
4517 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4518
4519 /**
4520 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4521 * @since 1.27
4522 */
4523 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4524 'preauth' => [
4525 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4526 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4527 'sort' => 0,
4528 ],
4529 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4530 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4531 'sort' => 0,
4532 ],
4533 ],
4534 'primaryauth' => [
4535 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4536 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4537 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4538 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4539 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4540 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4541 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4542 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4543 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4544 'args' => [ [
4545 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4546 'authoritative' => false,
4547 ] ],
4548 'sort' => 0,
4549 ],
4550 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4551 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4552 'args' => [ [
4553 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4554 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4555 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4556 // password") if it too fails.
4557 'authoritative' => true,
4558 ] ],
4559 'sort' => 100,
4560 ],
4561 ],
4562 'secondaryauth' => [
4563 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4564 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4565 'sort' => 0,
4566 ],
4567 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4568 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4569 'sort' => 100,
4570 ],
4571 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4572 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4573 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4574 // 'sort' => 100,
4575 // ],
4576 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4577 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4578 'sort' => 200,
4579 ],
4580 ],
4581 ];
4582
4583 /**
4584 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4585 *
4586 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4587 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4588 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4589 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4590 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4591 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4592 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4593 * that needs to do this.
4594 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4595 * the last X seconds.
4596 * - Come up with a third option.
4597 *
4598 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4599 * "X seconds".
4600 *
4601 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4602 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4603 * - LinkAccounts
4604 * - UnlinkAccount
4605 * - ChangeCredentials
4606 * - RemoveCredentials
4607 * - ChangeEmail
4608 *
4609 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4610 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4611 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4612 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4613 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4614 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4615 *
4616 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4617 *
4618 * @since 1.27
4619 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4620 */
4621 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4622 'default' => 300,
4623 ];
4624
4625 /**
4626 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4627 *
4628 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4629 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4630 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4631 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4632 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4633 *
4634 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4635 *
4636 * @since 1.27
4637 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4638 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4639 */
4640 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4641 'default' => true,
4642 ];
4643
4644 /**
4645 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4646 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4647 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4648 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4649 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4650 * @since 1.27
4651 * @var string[]
4652 */
4653 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4654 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4655 ];
4656
4657 /**
4658 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4659 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4660 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4661 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4662 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4663 * @since 1.27
4664 * @var string[]
4665 */
4666 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4667 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4668 ];
4669
4670 /**
4671 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4672 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4673 */
4674 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4675
4676 /**
4677 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4678 * words are allowed.
4679 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4680 */
4681 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4682
4683 /**
4684 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4685 *
4686 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4687 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4688 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4689 *
4690 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4691 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4692 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4693 */
4694 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4695
4696 /**
4697 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4698 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4699 * @since 1.23
4700 */
4701 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4702
4703 /**
4704 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4705 *
4706 * @since 1.24
4707 */
4708 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4709
4710 /**
4711 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4712 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4713 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4714 *
4715 * An advanced example:
4716 * @code
4717 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4718 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4719 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4720 * 'secrets' => [],
4721 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4722 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4723 * 'cost' => 5,
4724 * ];
4725 * @endcode
4726 *
4727 * @since 1.24
4728 */
4729 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4730 'A' => [
4731 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4732 ],
4733 'B' => [
4734 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4735 ],
4736 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4737 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4738 'types' => [
4739 'A',
4740 'pbkdf2',
4741 ],
4742 ],
4743 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4744 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4745 'types' => [
4746 'B',
4747 'pbkdf2',
4748 ],
4749 ],
4750 'bcrypt' => [
4751 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4752 'cost' => 9,
4753 ],
4754 'pbkdf2' => [
4755 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4756 'algo' => 'sha512',
4757 'cost' => '30000',
4758 'length' => '64',
4759 ],
4760 ];
4761
4762 /**
4763 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4764 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4765 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4766 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4767 */
4768 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4769 'username' => true,
4770 'email' => true,
4771 ];
4772
4773 /**
4774 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4775 */
4776 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4777
4778 /**
4779 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4780 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4781 */
4782 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4783
4784 /**
4785 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4786 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4787 */
4788 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4789 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4790 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4791 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4792 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4793 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4794 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4795 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4796 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4797 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4798 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4799 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4800 ];
4801
4802 /**
4803 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4804 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4805 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4806 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4807 */
4808 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4809 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4810 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4811 'date' => 'default',
4812 'diffonly' => 0,
4813 'disablemail' => 0,
4814 'editfont' => 'default',
4815 'editondblclick' => 0,
4816 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4817 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4818 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4819 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4820 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4821 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4822 'fancysig' => 0,
4823 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4824 'gender' => 'unknown',
4825 'hideminor' => 0,
4826 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4827 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4828 'imagesize' => 2,
4829 'math' => 1,
4830 'minordefault' => 0,
4831 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4832 'nickname' => '',
4833 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4834 'numberheadings' => 0,
4835 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4836 'previewontop' => 1,
4837 'rcdays' => 7,
4838 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4839 'rclimit' => 50,
4840 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4841 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4842 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4843 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4844 'skin' => false,
4845 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4846 'thumbsize' => 5,
4847 'underline' => 2,
4848 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4849 'usenewrc' => 1,
4850 'watchcreations' => 1,
4851 'watchdefault' => 1,
4852 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4853 'watchuploads' => 1,
4854 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4855 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4856 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4857 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4858 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4859 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4860 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4861 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4862 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4863 'watchmoves' => 0,
4864 'watchrollback' => 0,
4865 'wllimit' => 250,
4866 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4867 'prefershttps' => 1,
4868 ];
4869
4870 /**
4871 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4872 */
4873 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4874
4875 /**
4876 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4877 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4878 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4879 */
4880 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4881
4882 /**
4883 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4884 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4885 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4886 *
4887 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4888 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4889 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4890 */
4891 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4892
4893 /**
4894 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4895 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4896 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4897 * @since 1.17
4898 */
4899 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4900
4901 /**
4902 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4903 *
4904 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4905 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4906 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4907 *
4908 * @since 1.27
4909 * @var string|null
4910 */
4911 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4912
4913 /**
4914 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4915 *
4916 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4917 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4918 *
4919 * @since 1.27
4920 */
4921 $wgSessionProviders = [
4922 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4923 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4924 'args' => [ [
4925 'priority' => 30,
4926 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4927 ] ],
4928 ],
4929 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4930 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4931 'args' => [ [
4932 'priority' => 75,
4933 ] ],
4934 ],
4935 ];
4936
4937 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4938
4939 /************************************************************************//**
4940 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4941 * @{
4942 */
4943
4944 /**
4945 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4946 */
4947 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4948
4949 /**
4950 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4951 */
4952 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4953
4954 /**
4955 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4956 */
4957 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4958
4959 /**
4960 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4961 *
4962 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4963 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4964 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4965 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4966 *
4967 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4968 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4969 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4970 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4971 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4972 */
4973 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4974 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4975 'IPv6' => 19,
4976 ];
4977
4978 /**
4979 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4980 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
4981 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
4982 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
4983 * anonymous visitors.
4984 */
4985 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
4986
4987 /**
4988 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
4989 *
4990 * @par Example:
4991 * @code
4992 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
4993 * @endcode
4994 *
4995 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
4996 *
4997 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4998 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4999 *
5000 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5001 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5002 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5003 */
5004 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5005
5006 /**
5007 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5008 *
5009 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5010 * is without underscore.
5011 *
5012 * @par Example:
5013 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5014 * @code
5015 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5016 * @endcode
5017 *
5018 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5019 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5020 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5021 *
5022 * @par Example:
5023 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5024 * @code
5025 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5026 * @endcode
5027 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5028 *
5029 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5030 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5031 */
5032 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5033
5034 /**
5035 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5036 * address before being allowed to edit?
5037 */
5038 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5039
5040 /**
5041 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5042 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5043 */
5044 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5045
5046 /**
5047 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5048 *
5049 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5050 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5051 *
5052 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5053 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5054 *
5055 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5056 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5057 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5058 * in in the user_groups table.
5059 *
5060 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5061 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5062 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5063 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5064 *
5065 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5066 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5067 *
5068 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5069 */
5070 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5071
5072 /** @cond file_level_code */
5073 // Implicit group for all visitors
5074 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5075 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5076 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5077 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5078 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5079 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5080 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5081 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5082 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5083 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5084 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5085 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5086 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5087 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5088
5089 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5090 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5091 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5092 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5093 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5094 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5095 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5096 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5097 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5098 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5099 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5100 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5101 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5102 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5105 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5106 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5108 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5109
5110 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5113
5114 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5115 // from various log pages by default
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5124
5125 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5129 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5131 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5133 // can view deleted revision text
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5158 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5165 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5166 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5170
5171 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5174 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5175 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5176 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5177 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5178
5179 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5180 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5181 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5182 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5183 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5184 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5185 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5186 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5187 // For private suppression log access
5188 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5189
5190 /**
5191 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5192 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5193 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5194 * server.
5195 */
5196 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5197
5198 /** @endcond */
5199
5200 /**
5201 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5202 *
5203 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5204 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5205 *
5206 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5207 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5208 */
5209 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5210
5211 /**
5212 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5213 */
5214 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5215
5216 /**
5217 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5218 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5219 *
5220 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5221 * group".
5222 *
5223 * @par Example:
5224 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5225 * @code
5226 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5227 * @endcode
5228 *
5229 * @par Example:
5230 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5231 * @code
5232 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5233 * @endcode
5234 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5235 * any group that they happen to be in.
5236 */
5237 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5238
5239 /**
5240 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5241 */
5242 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5243
5244 /**
5245 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5246 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5247 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5248 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5249 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5250 */
5251 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5252
5253 /**
5254 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5255 *
5256 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5257 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5258 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5259 *
5260 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5261 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5262 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5263 */
5264 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5265
5266 /**
5267 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5268 *
5269 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5270 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5271 *
5272 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5273 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5274 */
5275 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5276
5277 /**
5278 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5279 *
5280 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5281 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5282 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5283 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5284 * "semiprotected".
5285 *
5286 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5287 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5288 */
5289 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5290
5291 /**
5292 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5293 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5294 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5295 *
5296 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5297 */
5298 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5299
5300 /**
5301 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5302 *
5303 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5304 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5305 *
5306 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5307 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5308 */
5309 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5310
5311 /**
5312 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5313 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5314 * privileges of new accounts.
5315 *
5316 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5317 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5318 *
5319 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5320 *
5321 * @par Example:
5322 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5323 * @code
5324 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5325 * @endcode
5326 * Set age to one day:
5327 * @code
5328 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5329 * @endcode
5330 */
5331 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5332
5333 /**
5334 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5335 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5336 *
5337 * @par Example:
5338 * @code
5339 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5340 * @endcode
5341 */
5342 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5343
5344 /**
5345 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5346 *
5347 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5348 *
5349 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5350 * 'groupname' => cond,
5351 * 'group2' => cond2,
5352 * );
5353 *
5354 * A `cond` may be:
5355 * - a single condition without arguments:
5356 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5357 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5358 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5359 * - a single condition with arguments:
5360 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5361 * - a set of conditions:
5362 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5363 *
5364 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5365 * - `&` (**AND**):
5366 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5367 * - `|` (**OR**):
5368 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5369 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5370 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5371 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5372 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5373 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5374 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5375 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5376 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5377 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5378 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5379 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5380 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5381 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5382 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5383 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5384 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5385 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5386 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5387 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5388 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5389 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5390 * true if the user is blocked
5391 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5392 * true if the user is a bot
5393 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5394 *
5395 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5396 * linked by operands.
5397 *
5398 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5399 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5400 */
5401 $wgAutopromote = [
5402 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5403 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5404 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5405 ],
5406 ];
5407
5408 /**
5409 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5410 *
5411 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5412 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5413 *
5414 * The format is:
5415 * @code
5416 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5417 * @endcode
5418 * Where event is either:
5419 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5420 *
5421 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5422 *
5423 * @see $wgAutopromote
5424 * @since 1.18
5425 */
5426 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5427 'onEdit' => [],
5428 ];
5429
5430 /**
5431 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5432 * @since 1.18
5433 */
5434 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5435
5436 /**
5437 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5438 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5439 *
5440 * @par Example:
5441 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5442 * @code
5443 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5444 * @endcode
5445 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5446 * @code
5447 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5448 * @endcode
5449 * Sysops can make bots:
5450 * @code
5451 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5452 * @endcode
5453 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5454 * @code
5455 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5456 * @endcode
5457 */
5458 $wgAddGroups = [];
5459
5460 /**
5461 * @see $wgAddGroups
5462 */
5463 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5464
5465 /**
5466 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5467 * For extensions only.
5468 */
5469 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5470
5471 /**
5472 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5473 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5474 */
5475 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5476
5477 /**
5478 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5479 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5480 * This is limited for performance reason.
5481 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5482 * @since 1.23
5483 */
5484 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5485
5486 /**
5487 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5488 *
5489 * @par Example:
5490 * @code
5491 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5492 * // no more than 100 per month
5493 * [
5494 * 'count' => 100,
5495 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5496 * ],
5497 * // no more than 10 per day
5498 * [
5499 * 'count' => 10,
5500 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5501 * ],
5502 * ];
5503 * @endcode
5504 *
5505 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5506 */
5507 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5508 'count' => 0,
5509 'seconds' => 86400,
5510 ] ];
5511
5512 /**
5513 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5514 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5515 *
5516 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5517 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5518 *
5519 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5520 *
5521 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5522 */
5523 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5524
5525 /**
5526 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5527 */
5528 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5529
5530 /**
5531 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5532 * proxies
5533 * @since 1.16
5534 */
5535 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5536
5537 /**
5538 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5539 *
5540 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5541 * the blacklist require a key).
5542 *
5543 * @par Example:
5544 * @code
5545 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5546 * // String containing URL
5547 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5548 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5549 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5550 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5551 * // just use a string as shown above
5552 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5553 * ];
5554 * @endcode
5555 *
5556 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5557 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5558 * @since 1.16
5559 */
5560 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5561
5562 /**
5563 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5564 * what the other methods might say.
5565 */
5566 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5567
5568 /**
5569 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5570 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5571 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5572 * @since 1.29
5573 * @var string[]
5574 */
5575 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5576
5577 /**
5578 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5579 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5580 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5581 */
5582 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5583
5584 /**
5585 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5586 *
5587 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5588 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5589 * elapses.
5590 *
5591 * @par Example:
5592 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5593 * @code
5594 * $wgRateLimits = [
5595 * 'edit' => [
5596 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5597 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5598 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5599 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5600 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5601 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5602 * ]
5603 * ];
5604 * @endcode
5605 *
5606 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5607 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5608 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5609 * @code
5610 * $wgRateLimits = [
5611 * 'some-action' => [
5612 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5613 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5614 * ];
5615 * @endcode
5616 *
5617 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5618 */
5619 $wgRateLimits = [
5620 // Page edits
5621 'edit' => [
5622 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5623 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5624 ],
5625 // Page moves
5626 'move' => [
5627 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5628 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5629 ],
5630 // File uploads
5631 'upload' => [
5632 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5633 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5634 ],
5635 // Page rollbacks
5636 'rollback' => [
5637 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5638 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5639 ],
5640 // Triggering password resets emails
5641 'mailpassword' => [
5642 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5643 ],
5644 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5645 'emailuser' => [
5646 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5647 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5648 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5649 ],
5650 // Purging pages
5651 'purge' => [
5652 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5653 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5654 ],
5655 // Purges of link tables
5656 'linkpurge' => [
5657 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5658 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5659 ],
5660 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5661 'renderfile' => [
5662 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5663 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5664 ],
5665 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5666 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5667 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5668 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5669 ],
5670 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5671 'stashedit' => [
5672 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5673 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5674 ],
5675 // Adding or removing change tags
5676 'changetag' => [
5677 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5678 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5679 ],
5680 // Changing the content model of a page
5681 'editcontentmodel' => [
5682 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5683 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5684 ],
5685 ];
5686
5687 /**
5688 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5689 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5690 */
5691 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5692
5693 /**
5694 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5695 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5696 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5697 */
5698 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5699
5700 /**
5701 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5702 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5703 */
5704 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5705
5706 /**
5707 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5708 *
5709 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5710 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5711 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5712 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5713 *
5714 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5715 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5716 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5717 */
5718 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5719 // Short term limit
5720 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5721 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5722 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5723 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5724 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5725 ];
5726
5727 /**
5728 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5729 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5730 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5731 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5732 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5733 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5734 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5735 * @since 1.27
5736 */
5737 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5738
5739 // @TODO: clean up grants
5740 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5741
5742 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5743 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5744 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5745 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5746 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5747 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5748 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5749 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5750 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5751 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5752
5753 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5754 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5755 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5756 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5757
5758 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5759 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5760 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5761 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5762
5763 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5764 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5765
5766 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5767 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5768 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5769
5770 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5771
5772 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5773 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5774 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5775 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5776
5777 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5778 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5779 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5780 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5781 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5782 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5783 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5784
5785 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5786 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5787
5788 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5789 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5790 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5791 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5792 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5793 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5794
5795 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5796
5797 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5798
5799 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5800 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5801
5802 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5803 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5804 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5805
5806 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5807
5808 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5809 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5811 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5812 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5815
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5817 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5818
5819 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5820
5821 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5822
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5824
5825 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5826
5827 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5828
5829 /**
5830 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5831 * @since 1.27
5832 */
5833 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5834 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5835 'basic' => 'hidden',
5836
5837 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5838 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5839 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5840 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5841
5842 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5843 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5844
5845 'sendemail' => 'email',
5846
5847 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5848 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5849
5850 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5851 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5852
5853 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5854 'rollback' => 'administration',
5855 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5856 'delete' => 'administration',
5857 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5858 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5859 'protect' => 'administration',
5860 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5861
5862 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5863
5864 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5865 ];
5866
5867 /**
5868 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5869 * @since 1.27
5870 */
5871 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5872
5873 /**
5874 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5875 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5876 * @since 1.27
5877 */
5878 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5879
5880 /**
5881 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5882 *
5883 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5884 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5885 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5886 * @since 1.27
5887 */
5888 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5889
5890 /**
5891 * Whether to disable user group expiry. This is a transitional feature flag
5892 * in accordance with WMF schema change policy, and will be removed later
5893 * (hopefully before MW 1.29 release).
5894 *
5895 * @since 1.29
5896 */
5897 $wgDisableUserGroupExpiry = false;
5898
5899 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5900
5901 /************************************************************************//**
5902 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5903 * @{
5904 */
5905
5906 /**
5907 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5908 */
5909 $wgSecretKey = false;
5910
5911 /**
5912 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5913 *
5914 * This can have the following formats:
5915 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5916 * or the keys (for backward compatibility)
5917 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5918 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5919 */
5920 $wgProxyList = [];
5921
5922 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5923
5924 /************************************************************************//**
5925 * @name Cookie settings
5926 * @{
5927 */
5928
5929 /**
5930 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5931 */
5932 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5933
5934 /**
5935 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5936 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5937 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5938 * login cookies session-only.
5939 */
5940 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5941
5942 /**
5943 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5944 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5945 */
5946 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5947
5948 /**
5949 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5950 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5951 */
5952 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5953
5954 /**
5955 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5956 * - true: Set secure flag
5957 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5958 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5959 */
5960 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5961
5962 /**
5963 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5964 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5965 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5966 * check.
5967 */
5968 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5969
5970 /**
5971 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5972 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5973 * name to be used as a prefix.
5974 */
5975 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5976
5977 /**
5978 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5979 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5980 * XSS attack.
5981 */
5982 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
5983
5984 /**
5985 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
5986 */
5987 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
5988
5989 /**
5990 * Override to customise the session name
5991 */
5992 $wgSessionName = false;
5993
5994 /**
5995 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
5996 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
5997 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
5998 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
5999 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6000 */
6001 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6002
6003 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6004
6005 /************************************************************************//**
6006 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6007 * @{
6008 */
6009
6010 /**
6011 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6012 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6013 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6014 * Please see math/README for more information.
6015 */
6016 $wgUseTeX = false;
6017
6018 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6019
6020 /************************************************************************//**
6021 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6022 *
6023 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
6024 *
6025 * @{
6026 */
6027
6028 /**
6029 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6030 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6031 * may contain private data.
6032 */
6033 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6034
6035 /**
6036 * Prefix for debug log lines
6037 */
6038 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6039
6040 /**
6041 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6042 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6043 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6044 */
6045 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6046
6047 /**
6048 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6049 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6050 * and gen=js requests.
6051 */
6052 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6053
6054 /**
6055 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6056 *
6057 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6058 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6059 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6060 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6061 */
6062 $wgDebugComments = false;
6063
6064 /**
6065 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6066 *
6067 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6068 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6069 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6070 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6071 */
6072 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6073
6074 /**
6075 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6076 *
6077 * @since 1.26
6078 */
6079 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6080 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6081 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6082 'GET' => [
6083 'masterConns' => 0,
6084 'writes' => 0,
6085 'readQueryTime' => 5
6086 ],
6087 // HTTP POST requests.
6088 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6089 'POST' => [
6090 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6091 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6092 'maxAffected' => 1000
6093 ],
6094 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6095 'masterConns' => 0,
6096 'writes' => 0,
6097 'readQueryTime' => 5
6098 ],
6099 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent
6100 'PostSend' => [
6101 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6102 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6103 'maxAffected' => 1000
6104 ],
6105 // Background job runner
6106 'JobRunner' => [
6107 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6108 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6109 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6110 ],
6111 // Command-line scripts
6112 'Maintenance' => [
6113 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6114 'maxAffected' => 1000
6115 ]
6116 ];
6117
6118 /**
6119 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6120 *
6121 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6122 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6123 * in production.
6124 *
6125 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6126 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6127 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6128 * - associative array with keys:
6129 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6130 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6131 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6132 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6133 *
6134 * @par Example:
6135 * @code
6136 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6137 * @endcode
6138 *
6139 * @par Advanced example:
6140 * @code
6141 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6142 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6143 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6144 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6145 * ];
6146 * @endcode
6147 */
6148 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6149
6150 /**
6151 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6152 *
6153 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6154 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6155 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6156 * details.
6157 *
6158 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6159 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6160 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6161 *
6162 * @par To completely disable logging:
6163 * @code
6164 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6165 * @endcode
6166 *
6167 * @since 1.25
6168 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6169 * @see MwLogger
6170 */
6171 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6172 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6173 ];
6174
6175 /**
6176 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6177 *
6178 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6179 */
6180 $wgShowDebug = false;
6181
6182 /**
6183 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6184 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6185 */
6186 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6187
6188 /**
6189 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6190 */
6191 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6192
6193 /**
6194 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6195 */
6196 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6197
6198 /**
6199 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6200 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6201 * to an attacker.
6202 */
6203 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6204
6205 /**
6206 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6207 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6208 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6209 * formatting.
6210 */
6211 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6212
6213 /**
6214 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6215 *
6216 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6217 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6218 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6219 * exception handler.
6220 */
6221 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6222
6223 /**
6224 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6225 */
6226 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6227
6228 /**
6229 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6230 */
6231 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6232
6233 /**
6234 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6235 * Should be a string, default false.
6236 * @since 1.20
6237 */
6238 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6239
6240 /**
6241 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6242 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6243 */
6244 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6245
6246 /**
6247 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6248 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6249 * after the limit.
6250 */
6251 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6252
6253 /**
6254 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6255 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6256 */
6257 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6258
6259 /**
6260 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6261 *
6262 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6263 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6264 */
6265 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6266
6267 /**
6268 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6269 *
6270 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6271 *
6272 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6273 *
6274 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6275 * @since 1.25
6276 */
6277 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6278
6279 /**
6280 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6281 *
6282 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6283 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6284 * @since 1.25
6285 */
6286 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6287
6288 /**
6289 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6290 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6291 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6292 * @since 1.28
6293 */
6294 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [];
6295
6296 /**
6297 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6298 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6299 * templates.
6300 */
6301 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6302
6303 /**
6304 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6305 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6306 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6307 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6308 */
6309 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6310
6311 /**
6312 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6313 * filename is passed to it.
6314 *
6315 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
6316 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
6317 *
6318 * Use full paths.
6319 */
6320 $wgParserTestFiles = [
6321 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
6322 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
6323 ];
6324
6325 /**
6326 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6327 */
6328 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6329
6330 /**
6331 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6332 * @since 1.19
6333 */
6334 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6335
6336 /**
6337 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6338 * queries and other useful output.
6339 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6340 *
6341 * @since 1.19
6342 */
6343 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6344
6345 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6346
6347 /************************************************************************//**
6348 * @name Search
6349 * @{
6350 */
6351
6352 /**
6353 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6354 */
6355 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6356
6357 /**
6358 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6359 * by default off due to execution overhead
6360 */
6361 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6362
6363 /**
6364 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6365 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6366 */
6367 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6368
6369 /**
6370 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6371 *
6372 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6373 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6374 *
6375 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6376 *
6377 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6378 */
6379 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6380
6381 /**
6382 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6383 *
6384 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6385 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6386 *
6387 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6388 */
6389 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6390 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6391 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6392 ];
6393
6394 /**
6395 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6396 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6397 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6398 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6399 */
6400 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6401
6402 /**
6403 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6404 * OpenSearch call.
6405 */
6406 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6407
6408 /**
6409 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6410 */
6411 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6412
6413 /**
6414 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6415 */
6416 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6417
6418 /**
6419 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6420 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6421 */
6422 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6423
6424 /**
6425 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6426 *
6427 * @par Example:
6428 * @code
6429 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6430 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6431 * @endcode
6432 */
6433 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6434 NS_MAIN => true,
6435 ];
6436
6437 /**
6438 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6439 * implemented by an extension instead.
6440 */
6441 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6442
6443 /**
6444 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6445 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6446 * search term.
6447 *
6448 * @par Example:
6449 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6450 * @code
6451 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6452 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6453 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6454 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6455 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6456 * @endcode
6457 */
6458 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6459
6460 /**
6461 * Search form behavior.
6462 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6463 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6464 */
6465 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6466
6467 /**
6468 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6469 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6470 * generated for all namespaces.
6471 */
6472 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6473
6474 /**
6475 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6476 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6477 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6478 *
6479 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6480 * @par Example:
6481 * @code
6482 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6483 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6484 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6485 * ];
6486 * @endcode
6487 */
6488 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6489
6490 /**
6491 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6492 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6493 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6494 */
6495 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6496
6497 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6498
6499 /************************************************************************//**
6500 * @name Edit user interface
6501 * @{
6502 */
6503
6504 /**
6505 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6506 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6507 */
6508 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6509
6510 /**
6511 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6512 */
6513 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6514
6515 /**
6516 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6517 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6518 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6519 */
6520 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6521 NS_CATEGORY => true
6522 ];
6523
6524 /**
6525 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6526 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6527 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6528 */
6529 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6530
6531 /**
6532 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6533 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6534 * ting this variable false.
6535 */
6536 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6537
6538 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6539
6540 /************************************************************************//**
6541 * @name Maintenance
6542 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6543 * @{
6544 */
6545
6546 /**
6547 * @cond file_level_code
6548 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6549 */
6550 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6551 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6552 }
6553 /** @endcond */
6554
6555 /**
6556 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6557 */
6558 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6559
6560 /**
6561 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6562 * used as an explanation to users.
6563 *
6564 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6565 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6566 * option in MySQL.
6567 */
6568 $wgReadOnly = null;
6569
6570 /**
6571 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6572 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6573 * message.
6574 *
6575 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6576 */
6577 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6578
6579 /**
6580 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6581 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6582 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6583 *
6584 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6585 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6586 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6587 */
6588 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6589
6590 /**
6591 * Fully specified path to git binary
6592 */
6593 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6594
6595 /**
6596 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6597 *
6598 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6599 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6600 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6601 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6602 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6603 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6604 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6605 *
6606 * @since 1.20
6607 */
6608 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6609 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6610 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6611 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6612 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6613 ];
6614
6615 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6616
6617 /************************************************************************//**
6618 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6619 * @{
6620 */
6621
6622 /**
6623 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6624 * seconds will go.
6625 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6626 */
6627 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6628
6629 /**
6630 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6631 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6632 * @since 1.26
6633 */
6634 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6635
6636 /**
6637 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6638 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6639 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6640 * @since 1.26
6641 */
6642 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6643
6644 /**
6645 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6646 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6647 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6648 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6649 * is still there.
6650 */
6651 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6652
6653 /**
6654 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6655 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6656 */
6657 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6658
6659 /**
6660 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6661 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6662 */
6663 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6664
6665 /**
6666 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6667 *
6668 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6669 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6670 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6671 *
6672 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6673 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6674 * passed to the constructor.
6675 *
6676 * Common options:
6677 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6678 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6679 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6680 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6681 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6682 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6683 *
6684 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6685 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6686 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6687 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6688 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6689 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6690 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6691 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6692 *
6693 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6694 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6695 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6696 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6697 *
6698 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6699 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6700 *
6701 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6702 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6703 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6704 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6705 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6706 * ];
6707 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6708 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6709 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6710 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6711 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6712 * ];
6713 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6714 * 'class' => 'ExampleRCFeed',
6715 * ];
6716 * @since 1.22
6717 */
6718 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6719
6720 /**
6721 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6722 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6723 * @since 1.22
6724 */
6725 $wgRCEngines = [
6726 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6727 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6728 ];
6729
6730 /**
6731 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6732 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6733 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6734 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6735 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6736 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6737 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6738 *
6739 * @since 1.27
6740 */
6741 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6742
6743 /**
6744 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6745 * New pages and new files are included.
6746 */
6747 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6748
6749 /**
6750 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6751 */
6752 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6753
6754 /**
6755 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6756 *
6757 * @since 1.27
6758 */
6759 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6760
6761 /**
6762 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6763 */
6764 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6765
6766 /**
6767 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6768 */
6769 $wgFeed = true;
6770
6771 /**
6772 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6773 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6774 */
6775 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6776
6777 /**
6778 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6779 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6780 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6781 *
6782 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6783 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6784 */
6785 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6786
6787 /**
6788 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6789 * pages larger than this size.
6790 */
6791 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6792
6793 /**
6794 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6795 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6796 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6797 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6798 * as value.
6799 * @par Example:
6800 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6801 * @code
6802 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6803 * @endcode
6804 */
6805 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6806
6807 /**
6808 * Available feeds objects.
6809 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6810 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6811 */
6812 $wgFeedClasses = [
6813 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6814 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6815 ];
6816
6817 /**
6818 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6819 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6820 */
6821 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6822
6823 /**
6824 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6825 */
6826 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6827
6828 /**
6829 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6830 */
6831 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6832
6833 /**
6834 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6835 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6836 * highlighted on the RC page.
6837 */
6838 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6839
6840 /**
6841 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6842 * view for watched pages with new changes
6843 */
6844 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6845
6846 /**
6847 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6848 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6849 */
6850 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6851
6852 /**
6853 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6854 */
6855 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6856
6857 /**
6858 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6859 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6860 */
6861 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6862
6863 /**
6864 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6865 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6866 * watchers.
6867 *
6868 * @since 1.21
6869 */
6870 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6871
6872 /**
6873 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6874 * certain types of edits.
6875 *
6876 * To register a new one:
6877 * @code
6878 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6879 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6880 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6881 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6882 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6883 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6884 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6885 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6886 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6887 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6888 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6889 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6890 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6891 * ];
6892 * @endcode
6893 *
6894 * @since 1.22
6895 */
6896 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6897 'newpage' => [
6898 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6899 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6900 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6901 'grouping' => 'any',
6902 ],
6903 'minor' => [
6904 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6905 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6906 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6907 'class' => 'minoredit',
6908 'grouping' => 'all',
6909 ],
6910 'bot' => [
6911 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6912 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6913 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6914 'class' => 'botedit',
6915 'grouping' => 'all',
6916 ],
6917 'unpatrolled' => [
6918 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6919 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6920 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6921 'grouping' => 'any',
6922 ],
6923 ];
6924
6925 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6926
6927 /************************************************************************//**
6928 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6929 * @{
6930 */
6931
6932 /**
6933 * Override for copyright metadata.
6934 *
6935 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6936 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6937 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6938 */
6939 $wgRightsPage = null;
6940
6941 /**
6942 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6943 * wiki.
6944 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6945 */
6946 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6947
6948 /**
6949 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6950 * link.
6951 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6952 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6953 */
6954 $wgRightsText = null;
6955
6956 /**
6957 * Override for copyright metadata.
6958 */
6959 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6960
6961 /**
6962 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
6963 */
6964 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
6965
6966 /**
6967 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
6968 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
6969 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
6970 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
6971 * large wikis.
6972 */
6973 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
6974
6975 /**
6976 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
6977 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
6978 */
6979 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
6980
6981 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
6982
6983 /************************************************************************//**
6984 * @name Import / Export
6985 * @{
6986 */
6987
6988 /**
6989 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
6990 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
6991 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
6992 *
6993 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
6994 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
6995 * e.g.
6996 * @code
6997 * $wgImportSources = [
6998 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
6999 * 'wikispecies',
7000 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7001 * ];
7002 * @endcode
7003 *
7004 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7005 * the ImportSources hook.
7006 *
7007 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7008 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7009 */
7010 $wgImportSources = [];
7011
7012 /**
7013 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7014 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7015 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7016 *
7017 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7018 */
7019 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7020
7021 /**
7022 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7023 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7024 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7025 */
7026 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7027
7028 /**
7029 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7030 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7031 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7032 */
7033 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7034
7035 /**
7036 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7037 */
7038 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7039
7040 /**
7041 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7042 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7043 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7044 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7045 * it's disabled by default for now.
7046 *
7047 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7048 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7049 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7050 */
7051 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7052
7053 /**
7054 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7055 */
7056 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7057
7058 /**
7059 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7060 */
7061 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7062
7063 /**
7064 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7065 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7066 *
7067 * @since 1.27
7068 */
7069 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7070
7071 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7072
7073 /*************************************************************************//**
7074 * @name Extensions
7075 * @{
7076 */
7077
7078 /**
7079 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7080 * initialised
7081 */
7082 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7083
7084 /**
7085 * Extension messages files.
7086 *
7087 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7088 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7089 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7090 * is the most common.
7091 *
7092 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7093 * in the core.
7094 *
7095 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7096 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7097 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7098 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7099 *
7100 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7101 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7102 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7103 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7104 *
7105 * @par Example:
7106 * @code
7107 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7108 * @endcode
7109 */
7110 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7111
7112 /**
7113 * Extension messages directories.
7114 *
7115 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7116 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7117 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7118 * message directories.
7119 *
7120 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7121 *
7122 * @par Simple example:
7123 * @code
7124 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7125 * @endcode
7126 *
7127 * @par Complex example:
7128 * @code
7129 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7130 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7131 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7132 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7133 * ]
7134 * @endcode
7135 * @since 1.23
7136 */
7137 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7138
7139 /**
7140 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7141 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7142 * @since 1.22
7143 */
7144 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7145
7146 /**
7147 * Parser output hooks.
7148 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7149 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7150 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7151 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7152 *
7153 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7154 *
7155 * The callback has the form:
7156 * @code
7157 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7158 * @endcode
7159 */
7160 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7161
7162 /**
7163 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7164 */
7165 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7166
7167 /**
7168 * List of valid skin names
7169 *
7170 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7171 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7172 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7173 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7174 */
7175 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7176
7177 /**
7178 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7179 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7180 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7181 * SpecialPage.
7182 */
7183 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7184
7185 /**
7186 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7187 */
7188 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7189
7190 /**
7191 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7192 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7193 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7194 */
7195 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7196
7197 /**
7198 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7199 *
7200 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7201 *
7202 * @code
7203 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7204 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7205 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7206 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7207 * 'author' => [
7208 * 'Foo Barstein',
7209 * ],
7210 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7211 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7212 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7213 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7214 * ];
7215 * @endcode
7216 *
7217 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7218 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7219 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7220 * interpreted as wikitext.
7221 *
7222 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7223 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7224 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7225 *
7226 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7227 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7228 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7229 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7230 *
7231 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7232 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7233 * usually are.)
7234 *
7235 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7236 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7237 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7238 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7239 *
7240 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7241 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7242 *
7243 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7244 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7245 *
7246 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7247 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7248 */
7249 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7250
7251 /**
7252 * Authentication plugin.
7253 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7254 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7255 */
7256 $wgAuth = null;
7257
7258 /**
7259 * Global list of hooks.
7260 *
7261 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7262 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7263 * internally by Hook:run().
7264 *
7265 * The value can be one of:
7266 *
7267 * - A function name:
7268 * @code
7269 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7270 * @endcode
7271 * - A function with some data:
7272 * @code
7273 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7274 * @endcode
7275 * - A an object method:
7276 * @code
7277 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7278 * @endcode
7279 * - A closure:
7280 * @code
7281 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7282 * // Handler code goes here.
7283 * };
7284 * @endcode
7285 *
7286 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7287 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7288 *
7289 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7290 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7291 */
7292 $wgHooks = [];
7293
7294 /**
7295 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7296 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7297 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7298 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7299 * hook for that.
7300 *
7301 * @see MediaWikiServices
7302 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7303 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7304 */
7305 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7306 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7307 ];
7308
7309 /**
7310 * Maps jobs to their handling classes; extensions
7311 * can add to this to provide custom jobs
7312 */
7313 $wgJobClasses = [
7314 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7315 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7316 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7317 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7318 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7319 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7320 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7321 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7322 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7323 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7324 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7325 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7326 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7327 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7328 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7329 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7330 'null' => 'NullJob'
7331 ];
7332
7333 /**
7334 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7335 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7336 *
7337 * These can be:
7338 * - Very long-running jobs.
7339 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7340 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7341 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7342 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7343 */
7344 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7345
7346 /**
7347 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7348 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7349 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7350 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7351 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7352 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7353 * @var float[]
7354 */
7355 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7356
7357 /**
7358 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7359 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7360 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7361 *
7362 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7363 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7364 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7365 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7366 *
7367 * @var float|bool
7368 * @since 1.26
7369 */
7370 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7371
7372 /**
7373 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7374 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7375 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7376 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7377 */
7378 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7379 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7380 ];
7381
7382 /**
7383 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7384 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7385 */
7386 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7387 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7388 ];
7389
7390 /**
7391 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7392 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7393 */
7394 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7395 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7396 ];
7397
7398 /**
7399 * Hooks that are used for outputting exceptions. Format is:
7400 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = $funcname
7401 * or:
7402 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = [ $class, $funcname ]
7403 * Hooks should return strings or false
7404 */
7405 $wgExceptionHooks = [];
7406
7407 /**
7408 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7409 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7410 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7411 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7412 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7413 */
7414 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7415 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7416 ];
7417
7418 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7419
7420 /*************************************************************************//**
7421 * @name Categories
7422 * @{
7423 */
7424
7425 /**
7426 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7427 */
7428 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7429
7430 /**
7431 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7432 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7433 */
7434 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7435
7436 /**
7437 * Paging limit for categories
7438 */
7439 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7440
7441 /**
7442 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7443 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7444 *
7445 * Available values are:
7446 *
7447 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7448 *
7449 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7450 *
7451 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7452 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7453 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7454 *
7455 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7456 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7457 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7458 * server.
7459 *
7460 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7461 * the sort keys in the database.
7462 *
7463 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7464 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7465 */
7466 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7467
7468 /** @} */ # End categories }
7469
7470 /*************************************************************************//**
7471 * @name Logging
7472 * @{
7473 */
7474
7475 /**
7476 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7477 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7478 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7479 * log type.
7480 */
7481 $wgLogTypes = [
7482 '',
7483 'block',
7484 'protect',
7485 'rights',
7486 'delete',
7487 'upload',
7488 'move',
7489 'import',
7490 'patrol',
7491 'merge',
7492 'suppress',
7493 'tag',
7494 'managetags',
7495 'contentmodel',
7496 ];
7497
7498 /**
7499 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7500 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7501 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7502 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7503 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7504 */
7505 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7506 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7507 ];
7508
7509 /**
7510 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7511 *
7512 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7513 *
7514 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7515 *
7516 * @par Example:
7517 * @code
7518 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7519 * @endcode
7520 *
7521 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7522 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7523 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7524 *
7525 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7526 * for the link text.
7527 */
7528 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7529 'patrol' => true,
7530 'tag' => true,
7531 ];
7532
7533 /**
7534 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7535 * will be listed in the user interface.
7536 *
7537 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7538 *
7539 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7540 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7541 */
7542 $wgLogNames = [
7543 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7544 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7545 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7546 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7547 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7548 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7549 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7550 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7551 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7552 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7553 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7554 ];
7555
7556 /**
7557 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7558 * top of each log type.
7559 *
7560 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7561 *
7562 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7563 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7564 */
7565 $wgLogHeaders = [
7566 '' => 'alllogstext',
7567 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7568 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7569 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7570 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7571 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7572 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7573 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7574 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7575 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7576 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7577 ];
7578
7579 /**
7580 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7581 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7582 *
7583 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7584 */
7585 $wgLogActions = [];
7586
7587 /**
7588 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7589 * not messages.
7590 * @see LogPage::actionText
7591 * @see LogFormatter
7592 */
7593 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7594 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7595 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7596 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7597 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7598 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7599 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7600 'delete/delete_redir' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7601 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7602 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7603 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7604 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7605 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7606 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7607 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7608 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7609 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7610 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7611 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7612 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7613 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7614 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7615 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7616 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7617 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7618 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7619 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7620 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7621 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7622 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7623 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7624 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7625 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7626 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7627 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7628 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7629 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7630 ];
7631
7632 /**
7633 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7634 *
7635 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7636 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7637 * Extensions may append to this array
7638 * @since 1.27
7639 */
7640 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7641 'block' => [
7642 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7643 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7644 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7645 ],
7646 'contentmodel' => [
7647 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7648 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7649 ],
7650 'delete' => [
7651 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7652 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7653 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7654 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7655 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7656 ],
7657 'import' => [
7658 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7659 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7660 ],
7661 'managetags' => [
7662 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7663 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7664 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7665 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7666 ],
7667 'move' => [
7668 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7669 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7670 ],
7671 'newusers' => [
7672 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7673 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7674 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7675 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7676 ],
7677 'patrol' => [
7678 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7679 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7680 ],
7681 'protect' => [
7682 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7683 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7684 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7685 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7686 ],
7687 'rights' => [
7688 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7689 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7690 ],
7691 'suppress' => [
7692 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7693 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7694 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7695 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7696 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7697 ],
7698 'upload' => [
7699 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7700 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7701 ],
7702 ];
7703
7704 /**
7705 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7706 */
7707 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7708
7709 /** @} */ # end logging }
7710
7711 /*************************************************************************//**
7712 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7713 * @{
7714 */
7715
7716 /**
7717 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7718 */
7719 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7720
7721 /**
7722 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7723 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7724 */
7725 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7726
7727 /**
7728 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7729 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7730 */
7731 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7732
7733 /**
7734 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7735 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7736 */
7737 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7738
7739 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7740
7741 /*************************************************************************//**
7742 * @name Actions
7743 * @{
7744 */
7745
7746 /**
7747 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7748 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7749 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7750 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7751 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7752 * instead of the default class.
7753 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7754 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7755 */
7756 $wgActions = [
7757 'credits' => true,
7758 'delete' => true,
7759 'edit' => true,
7760 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7761 'history' => true,
7762 'info' => true,
7763 'markpatrolled' => true,
7764 'protect' => true,
7765 'purge' => true,
7766 'raw' => true,
7767 'render' => true,
7768 'revert' => true,
7769 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7770 'rollback' => true,
7771 'submit' => true,
7772 'unprotect' => true,
7773 'unwatch' => true,
7774 'view' => true,
7775 'watch' => true,
7776 ];
7777
7778 /** @} */ # end actions }
7779
7780 /*************************************************************************//**
7781 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7782 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7783 * @{
7784 */
7785
7786 /**
7787 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7788 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7789 * basis.
7790 */
7791 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7792
7793 /**
7794 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7795 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7796 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7797 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7798 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7799 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7800 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7801 *
7802 * @par Example:
7803 * @code
7804 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7805 * @endcode
7806 */
7807 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7808
7809 /**
7810 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7811 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7812 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7813 *
7814 * @par Example:
7815 * @code
7816 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7817 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7818 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7819 * ];
7820 * @endcode
7821 *
7822 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7823 * forms:
7824 * @code
7825 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7826 * # Underscore, not space!
7827 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7828 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7829 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7830 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7831 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7832 * ];
7833 * @endcode
7834 */
7835 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7836
7837 /**
7838 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7839 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7840 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7841 *
7842 * @par Example:
7843 * @code
7844 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7845 * @endcode
7846 */
7847 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7848
7849 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7850
7851 /************************************************************************//**
7852 * @name AJAX and API
7853 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7854 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7855 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7856 * @{
7857 */
7858
7859 /**
7860 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7861 * machine-readable data via api.php
7862 *
7863 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7864 */
7865 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7866
7867 /**
7868 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7869 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7870 * accesses it
7871 */
7872 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7873
7874 /**
7875 *
7876 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7877 *
7878 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7879 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7880 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7881 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7882 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7883 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7884 * requiring POST.
7885 *
7886 * @since 1.21
7887 */
7888 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7889
7890 /**
7891 * API module extensions.
7892 *
7893 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7894 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7895 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7896 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7897 *
7898 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7899 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7900 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7901 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7902 * field.
7903 *
7904 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7905 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7906 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7907 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7908 *
7909 * Examples for registering API modules:
7910 *
7911 * @code
7912 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7913 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
7914 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7915 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7916 * ];
7917 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
7918 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7919 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
7920 * ];
7921 * @endcode
7922 *
7923 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7924 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7925 */
7926 $wgAPIModules = [];
7927
7928 /**
7929 * API format module extensions.
7930 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7931 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7932 *
7933 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7934 */
7935 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7936
7937 /**
7938 * API Query meta module extensions.
7939 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7940 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7941 *
7942 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7943 */
7944 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7945
7946 /**
7947 * API Query prop module extensions.
7948 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7949 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7950 *
7951 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7952 */
7953 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7954
7955 /**
7956 * API Query list module extensions.
7957 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7958 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7959 *
7960 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
7961 */
7962 $wgAPIListModules = [];
7963
7964 /**
7965 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
7966 * The default value is generally fine
7967 */
7968 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
7969
7970 /**
7971 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
7972 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
7973 */
7974 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
7975
7976 /**
7977 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
7978 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
7979 */
7980 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
7981
7982 /**
7983 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
7984 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
7985 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
7986 */
7987 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
7988
7989 /**
7990 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
7991 * API request logging
7992 */
7993 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
7994
7995 /**
7996 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
7997 */
7998 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
7999
8000 /**
8001 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8002 * API queries.
8003 */
8004 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8005 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8006 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8007 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8008 ];
8009
8010 /**
8011 * Enable AJAX framework
8012 */
8013 $wgUseAjax = true;
8014
8015 /**
8016 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8017 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8018 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8019 */
8020 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8021
8022 /**
8023 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8024 */
8025 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8026
8027 /**
8028 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
8029 */
8030 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8031
8032 /**
8033 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8034 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8035 */
8036 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8037
8038 /**
8039 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8040 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8041 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8042 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8043 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8044 *
8045 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8046 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8047 *
8048 * @par Example:
8049 * @code
8050 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8051 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8052 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8053 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8054 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8055 * ];
8056 * @endcode
8057 */
8058 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8059
8060 /**
8061 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8062 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8063 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8064 */
8065 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8066
8067 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8068
8069 /************************************************************************//**
8070 * @name Shell and process control
8071 * @{
8072 */
8073
8074 /**
8075 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8076 */
8077 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8078
8079 /**
8080 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8081 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8082 */
8083 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8084
8085 /**
8086 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8087 */
8088 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8089
8090 /**
8091 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8092 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8093 */
8094 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8095
8096 /**
8097 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8098 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8099 *
8100 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8101 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8102 * them segfault or deadlock.
8103 *
8104 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8105 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8106 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8107 *
8108 * @par Example:
8109 * @code
8110 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8111 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8112 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8113 * @endcode
8114 *
8115 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8116 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8117 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8118 */
8119 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8120
8121 /**
8122 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
8123 */
8124 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8125
8126 /**
8127 * Locale for LC_CTYPE, to work around https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8128 * For Unix-like operating systems, set this to to a locale that has a UTF-8
8129 * character set. Only the character set is relevant.
8130 */
8131 $wgShellLocale = 'en_US.utf8';
8132
8133 /** @} */ # End shell }
8134
8135 /************************************************************************//**
8136 * @name HTTP client
8137 * @{
8138 */
8139
8140 /**
8141 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8142 */
8143 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8144
8145 /**
8146 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8147 * @since 1.29
8148 */
8149 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8150
8151 /**
8152 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8153 */
8154 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8155
8156 /**
8157 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8158 */
8159 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8160
8161 /**
8162 * Local virtual hosts.
8163 *
8164 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8165 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
8166 * then no proxy will be used.
8167 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8168 * proxy if it is configured.
8169 * @since 1.25
8170 */
8171 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8172
8173 /**
8174 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8175 * Only works for curl
8176 */
8177 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8178
8179 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8180
8181 /************************************************************************//**
8182 * @name Job queue
8183 * @{
8184 */
8185
8186 /**
8187 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8188 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8189 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8190 * be run periodically.
8191 */
8192 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8193
8194 /**
8195 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8196 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8197 * execution finishes.
8198 *
8199 * @since 1.23
8200 */
8201 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8202
8203 /**
8204 * Number of rows to update per job
8205 */
8206 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8207
8208 /**
8209 * Number of rows to update per query
8210 */
8211 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8212
8213 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8214
8215 /************************************************************************//**
8216 * @name Miscellaneous
8217 * @{
8218 */
8219
8220 /**
8221 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8222 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8223 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8224 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8225 */
8226 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8227
8228 /**
8229 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8230 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8231 *
8232 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8233 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8234 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8235 */
8236 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8237
8238 /**
8239 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8240 * For debugging
8241 */
8242 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8243
8244 /**
8245 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8246 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8247 */
8248 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8249
8250 /**
8251 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8252 */
8253 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8254
8255 /**
8256 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8257 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8258 */
8259 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8260
8261 /**
8262 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8263 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8264 */
8265 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8266
8267 /**
8268 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8269 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8270 *
8271 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8272 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8273 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8274 * parameters.
8275 *
8276 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8277 * @code
8278 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8279 * 'class' => 'PoolCounterRedis',
8280 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8281 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8282 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8283 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8284 * 'redisConfig' => []
8285 * ] ];
8286 * @endcode
8287 *
8288 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8289 * @code
8290 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8291 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8292 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8293 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8294 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8295 * ... any extension-specific options...
8296 * ] ];
8297 * @endcode
8298 */
8299 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8300
8301 /**
8302 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8303 */
8304 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8305
8306 /**
8307 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8308 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8309 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8310 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8311 *
8312 * @since 1.21
8313 */
8314 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8315
8316 /**
8317 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8318 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8319 *
8320 * * 'ignore': return null
8321 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8322 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8323 *
8324 * @since 1.21
8325 */
8326 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8327
8328 /**
8329 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8330 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8331 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8332 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8333 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8334 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8335 *
8336 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8337 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8338 *
8339 * @since 1.21
8340 */
8341 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8342
8343 /**
8344 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8345 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8346 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8347 *
8348 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8349 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8350 *
8351 * @since 1.21
8352 */
8353 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8354 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8355 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8356 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8357 ];
8358
8359 /**
8360 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8361 *
8362 * @since 1.20
8363 */
8364 $wgSiteTypes = [
8365 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8366 ];
8367
8368 /**
8369 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8370 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8371 * @since 1.23
8372 */
8373 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8374
8375 /**
8376 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8377 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8378 * @see T67184
8379 * @since 1.24
8380 */
8381 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8382
8383 /**
8384 * Secret for session storage.
8385 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8386 * be used.
8387 * @since 1.27
8388 */
8389 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8390
8391 /**
8392 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8393 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8394 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8395 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8396 * @since 1.27
8397 */
8398 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8399
8400 /**
8401 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8402 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8403 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8404 * be used.
8405 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8406 * @since 1.24
8407 */
8408 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8409
8410 /**
8411 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8412 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8413 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8414 * @since 1.24
8415 */
8416 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8417
8418 /**
8419 * Enable page language feature
8420 * Allows setting page language in database
8421 * @var bool
8422 * @since 1.24
8423 */
8424 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8425
8426 /**
8427 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8428 *
8429 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8430 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8431 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8432 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8433 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8434 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8435 *
8436 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8437 *
8438 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8439 * 'class' => 'ParsoidVirtualRESTService',
8440 * 'options' => [
8441 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8442 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8443 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8444 * ]
8445 * ];
8446 *
8447 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8448 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8449 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8450 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8451 *
8452 * Example config for Parsoid:
8453 *
8454 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8455 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8456 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8457 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8458 * ];
8459 *
8460 * @var array
8461 * @since 1.25
8462 */
8463 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8464 'paths' => [],
8465 'modules' => [],
8466 'global' => [
8467 # Timeout in seconds
8468 'timeout' => 360,
8469 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8470 'forwardCookies' => false,
8471 'HTTPProxy' => null
8472 ]
8473 ];
8474
8475 /**
8476 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8477 * these suggestions.
8478 *
8479 * @var bool
8480 * @since 1.26
8481 */
8482 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8483
8484 /**
8485 * Where popular password file is located.
8486 *
8487 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8488 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8489 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8490 *
8491 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8492 * @since 1.27
8493 * @var string path to file
8494 */
8495 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8496
8497 /*
8498 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8499 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8500 *
8501 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8502 * @since 1.27
8503 */
8504 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8505
8506 /**
8507 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8508 *
8509 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8510 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8511 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8512 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8513 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8514 *
8515 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8516 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8517 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8518 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8519 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8520 *
8521 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8522 *
8523 * @since 1.27
8524 */
8525 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8526 'default' => [
8527 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8528 ]
8529 ];
8530
8531 /**
8532 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8533 *
8534 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8535 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8536 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8537 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8538 *
8539 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8540 *
8541 * @var bool
8542 * @since 1.28
8543 */
8544 $wgPingback = false;
8545
8546 /**
8547 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8548 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8549 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8550 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8551 *
8552 * @since 1.28
8553 */
8554 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8555 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8556 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8557 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8558 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8559 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8560 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8561 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8562 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8563 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8564 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8565 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8566 ];
8567
8568 /**
8569 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8570 *
8571 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8572 *
8573 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8574 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8575 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8576 *
8577 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8578 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8579 */
8580 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8581 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8582 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8583 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8584
8585 /**
8586 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8587 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8588 *
8589 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8590 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8591 *
8592 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8593 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8594 *
8595 * @par Example:
8596 * @code
8597 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8598 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8599 *];
8600 * @endcode
8601 */
8602 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8603
8604 /**
8605 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8606 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8607 * @}
8608 */